Draytek

VigorSwitch P1281x - Network switch Draytek - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free VigorSwitch P1281x Draytek in PDF.

📄 250 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question 10 questions ⚙️ Specs
Notice Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - page 9
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.
Product Type Web Smart Managed PoE+ Switch
Model VigorSwitch P1281x
Brand DrayTek
Ports 24x 10/100/1000 Mbps PoE+ (IEEE 802.3af/at) + 4x Combo UTP/SFP+ (10G)
PoE Budget 140 Watts (Max)
Power Supply AC 100-240V, 50/60Hz
Management Web UI (HTTP/HTTPS), Telnet, SSH, SNMP
VLAN Support Port-based and IEEE 802.1Q Tag VLAN (up to 24 active VLANs, VID 1-4094)
QoS 8 queues per port, CoS/802.1p, DSCP, IP Precedence, Strict Priority/WRR
Link Aggregation Static and LACP (up to 8 groups)
Spanning Tree STP, RSTP
Multicast IGMP Snooping v2/v3
Power Saving IEEE 802.3az Energy-Efficient Ethernet
Surveillance Features ONVIF Discovery, Surveillance VLAN, Camera Topology View
Operating Temperature +5°C to +40°C
Humidity Not specified (avoid damp/humid places)
Mounting Rack-mountable (19-inch), desktop installation
Warranty 2 years (parts and labor)
Maintenance & Cleaning Keep in sheltered area, avoid direct sunlight, do not open the device, follow local disposal regulations
Spare Parts & Repairability Only authorized personnel may repair; contact DrayTek distributor for service

Frequently Asked Questions - VigorSwitch P1281x Draytek

How do I access the web interface of the VigorSwitch P1281x?
Open a web browser and enter the default IP address 192.168.1.224. The default username and password are both admin. Note that DHCP client is enabled by default, so the IP might change if a DHCP server is present.
What PoE standards does the P1281x support?
It supports IEEE 802.3af (up to 15.4W per port) and IEEE 802.3at (up to 30W per port). The total PoE power budget is 140 Watts.
How can I reset the switch to factory defaults?
You can perform a software reset via the web interface under System Maintenance >> Configuration, or a hardware reset by pressing and holding the reset button on the front panel for about 10 seconds. The default IP address and login credentials are restored.
How many VLANs can I configure?
The switch supports up to 24 active VLANs with VLAN IDs from 1 to 4094. You can create Port-based VLANs or IEEE 802.1Q Tag VLANs, including Voice VLAN and Surveillance VLAN.
Does the switch support link aggregation?
Yes, it supports Static link aggregation and LACP (Link Aggregation Control Protocol). You can create up to 8 aggregation groups to increase bandwidth and redundancy.
How do I update the firmware?
Download the latest firmware from the DrayTek website. Then go to System Maintenance >> Firmware in the web interface and upload the file. Do not power off the switch during the update.
What management protocols does the switch support?
It supports HTTP/HTTPS (web UI), Telnet, SSH, and SNMP (v1/v2c/v3). You can also manage it via TR-069 and OpenVPN.
Can I use the switch for IP surveillance?
Yes, the switch has built-in ONVIF Device Discovery and Surveillance VLAN features. It can automatically detect IP cameras and prioritize their traffic for improved video quality.
What are the LED indicators on the front panel?
There are LEDs for PoE/Max (green when over budget), SYS (green solid when ready, blinking during boot), PWR (green when powered), PoE Port (green when supplying PoE), RJ45 Port (green for link, blinking for activity), and SFP (green for 100M, blue for 10G, blinking for activity).
Where can I find the user manual?
The user manual is available for free download in PDF format on notice-facile.com or the DrayTek website. The manual for the P1281x is titled 'VigorSwitch G1282/P1282/P1281x Web Smart Managed User's Guide' (version 1.3, firmware V2.9.2).

User questions about VigorSwitch P1281x Draytek

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Network switch in PDF format for free! Find your manual VigorSwitch P1281x - Draytek and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. VigorSwitch P1281x by Draytek.

USER MANUAL VigorSwitch P1281x Draytek

VigorSwitch G1282/P1282/P1281x

Web Smart Managed

User's Guide

Version: 1.3

Firmware Version: V2.8.5 (for G1282, P1282)

Firmware Version: V2.9.2 (for P1281x)

Date: February 29, 2024

Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) Information

Copyrights

© All rights reserved. This publication contains information that is protected by copyright. No part may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders.

Trademarks

The following trademarks are used in this document:

  • Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp.
    Windows 8, 10, 11 and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp.
  • Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc.

Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers.

Safety Instructions and Approval

Safety Instructions

Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the device.
The switch is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only by authorized and qualified personnel. Do not try to open or repair the switch yourself.
Do not place the switch in a damp or humid place, e.g. a bathroom.
The switch should be used in a sheltered area, within a temperature range of +5 to +40 Celsius.
Do not expose the switch to direct sunlight or other heat sources. The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources.
Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards.
Do not power off the device when saving configurations or firmware upgrades. It may damage the data in a flash. Please disconnect the Internet connection on the device before powering it off when a TR-069/ ACS server manages the device.
- Keep the package out of reach of children.
- When you want to dispose of the modem, please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment.

Warranty

We warrant to the original end user (purchaser) that the switch will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two (2) years from the date of purchase from the dealer. Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase. During the warranty period, and upon proof of purchase, should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and/or materials, we will, at our discretion, repair or replace the defective products or components, without charge for either parts or labor, to whatever extent we deem necessary tore-store the product to proper operating condition. Any replacement will consist of a new or re-manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value, and will be offered solely at our discretion. This warranty will not apply if the product is modified, misused, tampered with, damaged by an act of God, or subjected to abnormal working conditions. The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors. Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty. We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes.

Be a Registered Owner

Web registration is preferred. You can register your Vigor router via https://myvigor.draytek.com.

Firmware & Tools Updates

Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology, all modems will be regularly upgraded. Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware, tools and documents.

https://www.draytek.com

Chapter I Introduction...... VII

I-1 Introduction....1

I-1-1 Key Features .... 1

I-1-2 LED Indicators and Connectors 2

Panel for VigorSwitch G1282/P1282....2

Panel for VigorSwitch P1281x....3

I-2 Installation ....4

I-2-1 Network Connection....4

I-2-2 Rack-Mounted Installation....5

I-2-3 Typical Applications ....5

I-2-4 Configuring the Management Agent of Switch....8

I-2-5 Managing VigorSwitch through Ethernet Port 9

I-2-6 IP Address Assignment....10

I-3 Accessing Web Page of VigorSwitch 13

I-4 Dashboard....14

Chapter II Configuration....15

II-1 General Setup 16

II-1-1 PoE 16

II-1-2 Mirroring....17

II-1-3 Link Aggregation ....18

II-1-4 Multicast....21

II-1-5 STP 22

II-1-6 QoS 23

II-1-7 Jumbo Frame....26

II-1-8 LLDP 27

II-2 VLAN Setup 28

II-2-1 Existing VLAN....28

II-2-1-1 Default VLAN 28

II-2-1-2 Voice VLAN....30

II-2-1-3 Surveillance VLAN 31

II-2-2 MAC VLAN Group....33

II-3 MAC Address Table 36

II-3-1 Dynamic....36

II-3-2 Static MAC....37

II-4 VLAN Interface ....39

II-5 Port Setup....41

II-5-1 General 41

II-5-2 VLAN 44

II-5-3 STP 46

II-5-4 QoS ....50

II-6 Multicast....52

II-6-1 IGMP Snooping ....52

II-6-2 VLAN Setting ....53

II-6-3 Group Table....55

II-7 ONVIF Surveillance....57

II-7-1 Topology ....57

II-7-2 Snapshot Stream....61

II-7-3 Device Maintenance....62

Chapter III Security....65

III-1 Access Control List....66

III-1-1 Access Control List ....66

III-1-2 Apply to Port....75

III-2 IP Source Guard....77

III-3 Storm Control....79

III-4 DoS....81

III-4-1 Properties 81

III-4-2 Port Setting 83

III-5 IP Conflict Prevention 84

III-6 Loop Protection....89

III-7 Port Recovery 91

Chapter IV Utilities....93

IV-1 Device Check 94

IV-2 Cable Diagnostics....96

IV-3 Ping Test 97

IV-4 SFP Vendor Info 98

Chapter V Monitoring....99

V-1 Log Center....100

V-1-1 System Log Information....100

V-1-2 System Log Settings 101

V-1-2-1 Local 101

V-1-2-2 Remote 103

V-2 Bandwidth Utilization ....105

V-3 CLI Sessions 106

V-4 PoE Status....107

V-5-1 General Statistics....108

V-5-2 LLDP Device....109

V-5-2-1 Local 109

V-5-2-2 Remote 110

V-5-3 LLDP Overloading....110

V-6 STP Statistics....112

V-7 Port Statistics ......113

Chapter VI System Maintenance....115

VI-1 General 116

VI-1-1 Device Info....116

VI-1-2 Time & Schedule....117

VI-1-3 Configuration 120

VI-1-4 Firmware 121

VI-1-5 Certificate Management 122

VI-2 Access Management....123

VI-2-1 LAN Access....123

VI-2-2 TR-069 124

VI-2-3 OpenVPN 126

VI-2-4 Webhook....128

VI-2-5 Account & Password 129

VI-3 LLDP 131

VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting ....131

VI-3-2 LLDP Statistics ....133

VI-4 SNMP....134

VI-4-1 View 134

VI-4-2 Group 136

VI-4-3 Community 138

VI-4-4 User 140

VI-4-5 Engine ID 142

VI-4-6 Trap Notification 144

VI-5 Mail Server 146

VI-6 System Reboot....150

Chapter VII Troubleshooting ....151

VII-1 Backing to Factory Default Setting....152

VII-1-1 Software Reset....152

VII-1-2 Hardware Reset 153

VII-2 Contacting DrayTek....154

Appendix Telnet Commands....155

A-1 Accessing Telnet of Vigor Switch....156

A-2 Available Commands....158

A-2-1 Clear Configuration....158

A-2-2 Clock Configuration....163

A-2-3 Configure Configuration....164

A-2-4 Copy Configuration 236

A-2-5 Delete Configuration....237

A-2-6 Disable Configuration 237

A-2-7 End Configuration 238

A-2-8 Exit Configuration 238

A-2-9 Hardware-Monitor Configuration....238

A-2-10 Ping Configuration 238

A-2-11 Reboot Configuration....239

A-2-12 Restore-defaults Configuration 239

A-2-13 Save Configuration 240

A-2-14 Show Configuration....240

A-2-15 SSL Configuration 241

A-2-16 Terminal Configuration 241

A-2-17 Traceroute Configuration 242

Chapter I Introduction

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Chapter I Introduction - 1

natural_image Simple icon of a browser window with three red dots (no text or symbols)

I-1 Introduction

This is a generic International version of the user guide. Specification, compatibility and features vary by region. For specific user guides suitable for your region or product, please contact local distributor.

Thank you for purchasing VigorSwitch.

24 ports + 4 Combo UTP/SFP ports, PoE Gigabit Ports Web Smart Switch is a standard switch that meets all IEEE 802.3/u/x/z Gigabit, Fast Ethernet specifications. The switch has 24 10/100/1000Mbps TP ports. It supports telnet, http, https, SSH and SNMP interface for switch management. The network administrator can logon the switch to monitor, configure and control each port's activity. In addition, the switch implements the QoS (Quality of Service), VLAN, and Trunking. It is suitable for office application.

Vigor switch supports IEEE 802.3az, Energy-Efficient Ethernet, and provides power saving feature. It can efficiently save the switch power with auto detect the client idle and cable length to provide different power.

1000Mbps SFP Fiber port fully complies with all IEEE 802.3z and 1000Base-SX/LX standards.

I-1-1 Key Features

Before you use the Vigor modem, please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first.

Below shows key features of this device:

QoS

The switch offers powerful QoS function. This function supports 802.1p VLAN tag priority and DSCP on Layer 3 of network framework.

VLAN

Support Port-based VLAN and IEEE802.1Q Tag VLAN. Support 24 active VLANs and VLAN ID 1\~4094.

Port Trunking

Allows one or more links to be aggregated together to form a Link Aggregation Group by the static setting.

Power Saving

The Power saving using the IEEE 802.3az, Energy-Efficient Ethernet to detect the client idle and cable length automatically and provides the different power. It could efficient to save the switch power and reduce the power consumption.

I-1-2 LED Indicators and Connectors

Panel for VigorSwitch G1282/P1282
RJ45 Ports / PoE Ports (Port 1 to 24) Combo Ports SFP (LNK/ACT)

LEDStatus Explanation
PoE/Max(P1282)On (Green) Connected over the PoE maximum power budget.
Off Connected within the PoE maximum power budget.
SYSOn (Green)The switch finishes system booting and the system is ready.
Blinking (Green) The switch is powered on and starts system booting.
Off The power is off or the system is not ready / malfunctioning.
PWROn (Green) The device is powered on and running normally.
Off The device is not ready or is failed.
PoE Port (1~24)On (Green) The port is supplied with PoE power.
Off No PoE power is supplied on the port.
RJ45 Port (1~24)On (Green) The device is connected
Blinking The system is sending or receiving data through the port.
Off The port is disconnected or the link is failed.
Combo Port(25 ~ 28)RJ45 / SFPOn (Green) The device is connected with 1000Mbps.
On (Amber) The device is connected with 10/100Mbps.
Blinking The system is sending or receiving data through the port.
Off The port is disconnected or the link is failed.
Interface Description
RJ45 Port (1~24) / PoE Port (1~24)Port 1 to Port 24 can be used for Ethernet connection and PoE connection, depending on the device connected.
Combo Port (25-28)Port 25 to Port 28 are used for fiber connection.
Power inlet for AC input (100~240V/AC, 50/60Hz).

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - I-1-2 LED Indicators and Connectors - 2

Note

The following limitation is suitable for VigorSwitch P1282

Power Output --

- IEEE 802.3af Max. 15.4W Output Supported

- IEEE 802.3at Max. 30W Output Supported

PoE Power Budget --

- 400 Watts (Max)

Panel for VigorSwitch P1281x
VigorSwitch Web Smart Managed RJ45 Ports / PoE Ports (Port 1 to 24) 10G ~1G SFP (LNK/ACT)

LEDStatus Explanation
PoE/MaxOn (Green) Connected over the PoE maximum power budget.
Off Connected within the PoE maximum power budget.
SYSOn (Green)The switch finishes system booting and the system is ready.
Blinking (Green) The switch is powered on and starts system booting.
Off The power is off or the system is not ready / malfunctioning.
PWROn (Green) The device is powered on and running normally.
Off The device is not ready or is failed.
PoE Port (1~24)On (Green) The port is supplied with PoE power.
Off No PoE power is supplied on the port.
RJ45 Port (1~24)On (Green) The device is connected
Blinking The system is sending or receiving data through the port.
Off The port is disconnected or the link is failed.
SFPOn (Green) The device is connected with 100Mbps.
On (Blue) The device is connected with 10G.
Blinking The system is sending or receiving data through the port.
Off The port is disconnected or the link is failed.
Interface Description
RJ45 Port (1~24) / PoE Port (1~24)Port 1 to Port 24 can be used for Ethernet connection and PoE connection, depending on the device connected.
SFP Port (25~28)Port 25 to Port 28 are used for fiber connection.
Power inlet for AC input (100~240V/AC, 50/60Hz).
NoteThe following limitation is suitable for VigorSwitch P1281xPower Output --IEEE 802.3af Max. 15.4W Output SupportedIEEE 802.3at Max. 30W Output SupportedPoE Power Budget --140 Watts (Max)

I-2 Installation

Before starting to configure the switch, you have to connect your devices correctly.

Note:

For the sake of personal safety, only trained and qualified personnel should install this device.

I-2-1 Network Connection

For Non-PoE device and PoE device

Use a Cat. 5e twisted-pair cable to connect a PoE device to the port (1\~24) of this switch.
The switch will supply power to PoE Device over the twisted-pair cable.
Please note that Power Device must comply with IEEE 802.3af/at.
Other PCs, servers and network devices can be connected to the switch using a standard 'straight through' twisted pair cable.

Here, we take VigorSwitch P1282 as an example.

P1282
Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - For Non-PoE device and PoE device - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Non-PoE Device"] --> B["PC"]
    A --> C["Router"]
    A --> D["Printer"]
    A --> E["NB"]
    F["PoE Device"] --> G["IP Phone"]
    F --> H["IP Camera"]
    F --> I["AP"]
    F --> J["IP Camera"]
    B <--> K["Switch Network"]
    K --> L["Switch Network"]
    L --> M["Switch Network"]
    M --> N["Switch Network"]

For Non-PoE device only

• Use the Ethernet cable(s) to connect Non-PoE devices to the Vigor switch.
- All device ports are in the same local area network.

G1282
Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - For Non-PoE device only - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Non-PoE Device"] --> B["PC"]
    A --> C["Router"]
    A --> D["Printer"]
    A --> E["NB"]
    F["VigScan6 10.0kV/10.0kV"] --> G["Switch Interface"]
    style G fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

I-2-2 Rack-Mounted Installation

The switch can be installed easily by using rack mount kit.

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - I-2-2 Rack-Mounted Installation - 1

natural_image 3D diagram of a mechanical assembly with mounting holes and connecting rods (no text or symbols)
  1. Fasten the rack mount kit on both sides of the VigorSwitch using specific screws.

  2. Then, install the VigorSwitch (with rack mount kit) on the 19-inch chassis by using other four screws.

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - I-2-2 Rack-Mounted Installation - 2

natural_image Front view of a network switch device with multiple Ethernet ports and drive cables (no visible text or labels beyond branding)

Here, we take VigorSwitch P1282 as an example.

I-2-3 Typical Applications

The VigorSwitch implements 24 Gigabit Ethernet TP ports with auto MDIX and four slots for the removable module supporting comprehensive fiber types of connection, including LC and BiDi-LC SFP modules. The switch is suitable for the following applications:

Case 1: All switch ports are in the same local area network.

Every port can access each other. (*The switch image is sample only.)

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - I-2-3 Typical Applications - 1

If VLAN is enabled and configured, each node in the network that can communicate each other directly is bounded in the same VLAN area.

Here VLAN area is defined by what VLAN you are using. The switch supports both port-based VLAN and tag-based VLAN. They are different in practical deployment, especially in physical location. The following diagram shows how it works and what the difference they are.

Case 2: Port-based VLAN -1 (*The switch image is sample only.)

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - I-2-3 Typical Applications - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Switch"] --> B["VLAN1"]
    A --> C["VLAN2"]
    A --> D["VLAN3"]
    A --> E["VLAN4"]
    B --> F["Computer 1"]
    B --> G["Computer 2"]
    C --> H["Computer 3"]
    C --> I["Computer 4"]
    D --> J["Computer 5"]
    D --> K["Computer 6"]
    E --> L["Computer 7"]

• The same VLAN members could not be in different switches.
• Every VLAN members could not access VLAN members each other.
- The switch manager has to assign different names for each VLAN groups at one switch.

Case 3: Port-based VLAN - 2
Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - I-2-3 Typical Applications - 3

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Switch"] --> B["VLAN1"]
    A --> C["VLAN2"]
    A --> D["VLAN3"]
    A --> E["VLAN4"]
    B --> F["Computer"]
    C --> G["Computer"]
    D --> H["Computer"]
    E --> I["Computer"]
    style A fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff
    style B fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff
    style C fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff
    style D fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff
    style E fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff
    linkStyle 0 stroke:#ff0000,stroke-width:2px
    linkStyle 1 stroke:#ff0000,stroke-width:2px
    linkStyle 2 stroke:#ff0000,stroke-width:2px
    linkStyle 3 stroke:#ff0000,stroke-width:2px
    linkStyle 4 stroke:#ff0000,stroke-width:2px

• VLAN1 members could not access VLAN2, VLAN3 and VLAN4 members.
- VLAN2 members could not access VLAN1 and VLAN3 members, but they could access VLAN4 members.
• VLAN3 members could not access VLAN1, VLAN2 and VLAN4.
- VLAN4 members could not access VLAN1 and VLAN3 members, but they could access VLAN2 members.

Case 4: The same VLAN members can be at different switches with the same VID
Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - I-2-3 Typical Applications - 4

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Router"] --> B["VLAN1"]
    A --> C["VLAN2"]
    A --> D["VLAN3"]
    B --> E["Computer 1"]
    B --> F["Computer 2"]
    C --> G["Computer 3"]
    C --> H["Computer 4"]
    D --> I["Computer 5"]

Case 5: Desktop Installation

  1. Install the switch on a level surface that can support the weight of the unit and the relevant components.
  2. Plug the switch with the female end of the provided power cord and plug the male end to the power outlet.

Case 6: Central Site/Remote site application is used in carrier or ISP
Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Case 5: Desktop Installation - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Central Site"] --> B["Converter Chassis"]
    A --> C["Fiber Optic"]
    A --> D["Fiber Optic"]
    B --> E["Copper Twisted-pair"]
    B --> F["Managed Media Converter"]
    C --> G["mm or sm Fiber"]
    D --> H["Computer"]
    style A fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff
    style B fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff
    style C fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff
    style D fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff
    style E fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff
    style F fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff
    style G fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff
    style H fill:#000,stroke:#fff,color:#fff

Case 7: Peer-to-peer application is used in two remote offices

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Case 5: Desktop Installation - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Switch"] --> B["Computer 1"]
    A --> C["Computer 2"]
    A --> D["Computer 3"]
    A --> E["Computer 4"]
    A --> F["Computer 5"]
    A --> G["Computer 6"]
    A --> H["Computer 7"]
    A --> I["Computer 8"]
    A --> J["Computer 9"]
    A --> K["Computer 10"]
    A --> L["Computer 11"]
    A --> M["Computer 12"]
    A --> N["Computer 13"]
    A --> O["Computer 14"]
    A --> P["Computer 15"]
    A --> Q["Computer 16"]
    A --> R["Computer 17"]
    A --> S["Computer 18"]
    A --> T["Computer 19"]
    A --> U["Computer 20"]
    A --> V["Computer 21"]
    A --> W["Computer 22"]
    A --> X["Computer 23"]
    A --> Y["Computer 24"]
    A --> Z["Computer 25"]

Case 8: Office network

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Case 5: Desktop Installation - 3

flowchart
graph TD
    subgraph R&D
        A1["Computer 1"] --> B1["Switch"]
        A2["Computer 2"] --> B1
        A3["Computer 3"] --> B1
        A4["Computer 4"] --> B1
    end
    subgraph Sales
        B1 --> C1["Switch"]
        B2["Computer 1"] --> C2["Switch"]
        B3["Computer 2"] --> C2
        B4["Computer 3"] --> C2
        B5["Computer 4"] --> C2
    end
    subgraph Financial
        C1 --> D1["Server"]
        C2 --> D2["Server"]
        C3 --> D3["Server"]
        C4 --> D4["Server"]
    end
    subgraph MIS
        D1 --> E1["Server"]
        D2 --> E2["Server"]
        D3 --> E3["Server"]
        D4 --> E4["Server"]
    end

I-2-4 Configuring the Management Agent of Switch

Users can monitor and configure the switch through the following procedures.

Configuring the Management Agent of VigorSwitch P1282 through the Ethernet Port.

There are several ways to configure and monitor the switch through Ethernet port, includes Web-UI and SNMP.

VigorSwitch, for example:

IP Address: 192.168.1.224

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Default Gateway: 192.168.1.254

Assign a reasonable IP Address, for example: IP Address: 192.168.1.100 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway: 192.168.1.254 Ethernet LAN

I-2-5 Managing VigorSwitch through Ethernet Port

Before start using the switch, the IP address setting of the switch should be done, then perform the following steps:

  1. Set up a physical path between the configured the switch and a PC by a qualified UTP Cat. 5e cable with RJ-45 connector.

Note:

If PC directly connects to the switch, you have to setup the same subnet mask between them. But, subnet mask may be different for the PC in the remote site. Please refer to the above figure about the Web Smart Switch default IP address information.

  1. After configuring correct IP address on your PC, open your web browser and access switch's IP address.

Default system account is "admin", with password "admin" in default. Switch IP address is "192.168.1.224" by default with DHCP client enabled.

I-2-6 IP Address Assignment

For IP address configuration, there are three parameters needed to be filled in. They are IP address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway and DNS.

IP address:

The address of the network device in the network is used for internetworking communication. Its address structure looks is shown below. It is “classful” because it is split into predefined address classes or categories.

Each class has its own network range between the network identifier and host identifier in the 32 bits address. Each IP address comprises two parts: network identifier (address) and host identifier (address). The former indicates the network where the addressed host resides, and the latter indicates the individual host in the network which the address of host refers to. And the host identifier must be unique in the same LAN. Here the term of IP address we used is version 4, known as IPv4.

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - IP address: - 1

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Network identifier Host identifier"] --> B["←"]
    B --> C["→"]

32 bits

With the classful addressing, it divides IP address into three classes, class A, class B and class C. The rest of IP addresses are for multicast and broadcast. The bit length of the network prefix is the same as that of the subnet mask and is denoted as IP address/X, for example, 192.168.1.0/24. Each class has its address range described below.

Class A:

Address is less than 126.255.255.255. There are a total of 126 networks can be defined because the address 0.0.0.0 is reserved for default route and 127.0.0.0/8 is reserved for loopback function.

Bit # 0 1 78 31 0 Network address Host address

Class B:

IP address range between 128.0.0.0 and 191.255.255.255. Each class B network has a 16-bit network prefix followed 16-bit host address. There are 16,384 (2^14)/16 networks able to be defined with a maximum of 65534 (2^16 -2) hosts per network.

Bit # 01 2 15 16 31 10 Network address Host address

Class C:

IP address range between 192.0.0.0 and 223.255.255.255. Each class C network has a 24-bit network prefix followed 8-bit host address. There are 2,097,152 (2^21)/24 networks able to be defined with a maximum of 254 (2^8 -2) hosts per network.

Bit#0123

23 24 31

110

Network address

Host address

Class D and E:

Class D is a class with first 4 MSB (Most significance bit) set to 1-1-1-0 and is used for IP Multicast. See also RFC 1112. Class E is a class with first 4 MSB set to 1-1-1-1 and is used for IP broadcast.

According to IANA (Internet Assigned Numbers Authority), there are three specific IP address blocks reserved and able to be used for extending internal network. We call it Private IP address and list below:

Class A 10.0.0.0 --- 10.255.255.255
Class B 172.16.0.0 --- 172.31.255.255
Class C 192.168.0.0 --- 192.168.255.255

Please refer to RFC 1597 and RFC 1466 for more information.

Subnet mask:

It means the sub-division of a class-based network or a CIDR block. The subnet is used to determine how to split an IP address to the network prefix and the host address in bitwise basis. It is designed to utilize IP address more efficiently and ease to manage IP network.

For a class B network, 128.1.2.3, it may have a subnet mask 255.255.0.0 in default, in which the first two bytes is with all 1s. This means more than 60 thousands of nodes in flat IP address will be at the same network. It's too large to manage practically. Now if we divide it into smaller network by extending network prefix from 16 bits to, say 24 bits, that's using its third byte to subnet this class B network. Now it has a subnet mask 255.255.255.0, in which each bit of the first three bytes is 1. It's now clear that the first two bytes is used to identify the class B network, the third byte is used to identify the subnet within this class B network and, of course, the last byte is the host number.

Not all IP address is available in the sub-netted network. Two special addresses are reserved. They are the addresses with all zero's and all one's host number. For example, an IP address 128.1.2.128, what IP address reserved will be looked like? All 0s mean the network itself, and all 1s mean IP broadcast.

128.1.2.128/25

Network Subnet 10000000.00000001.00000010.1 0000000 25 bits All 0s = 128.1.2.128 All 1s = 128.1.2.255 1 0000000 1 1111111

In this diagram, you can see the subnet mask with 25-bit long, 255.255.255.128, contains 126 members in the sub-netted network. Another is that the length of network prefix equals the number of the bit with 1s in that subnet mask. With this, you can easily count the number of IP addresses matched. The following table shows the result.

Prefix Length No. of IP matched No. of Addressable IP

/32 1 -
/31 2 -
/30 4 2
/29 8 6
/28 16 14
/27 32 30
/26 64 62
/25 128 126
/24 256 254
/23 512 510
/22 1024 1022
/21 2048 2046
/20 4096 4094
/19 8192 8190
/18 16384 16382
/17 32768 32766
/16 65536 65534

According to the scheme above, a subnet mask 255.255.255.0 will partition a network with the class C. It means there will have a maximum of 254 effective nodes existed in this sub-netted network and is considered a physical network in an autonomous network. So it owns a network IP address which may looks like 168.1.2.0.

With the subnet mask, a bigger network can be cut into small pieces of network. If we want to have more than two independent networks in a worknet, a partition to the network must be performed. In this case, subnet mask must be applied.

For different network applications, the subnet mask may look like 255.255.255.240. This means it is a small network accommodating a maximum of 15 nodes in the network.

For assigning an IP address to the switch, you just have to check what the IP address of the network will be connected with the switch. Use the same network address and append your host address to it.

  • First, IP Address: as shown above, enter "192.168.1.224", for instance. For sure, an IP address such as 192.168.1.x must be set on your PC.
  • Second, Subnet Mask: as shown above, enter "255.255.255.0". Choose a subnet mask suitable for your network.

Note:

The DHCP Setting is enabled in default. Therefore, if a DHCP server presented on network connected to the switch, check before accessing your switch is essential.

I-3 Accessing Web Page of VigorSwitch

Here, we take VigorSwitch P1282 as an example.

  1. Open any browser (e.g., Firefox) and type "192.168.1.224" as URL.
  2. Please enter "admin/admin" as the Username/Password and click Login.

DrayTek VigorSwitch P1282 User Name admin Password **** Login

  1. Now, the Main Screen will appear.

DrayTek ViperSwitch P1282 P1232 2023-04-04 10:00:36 Action Advertisement Dashboard PORT STATUS Port Status IP Control PUMet SYS Base FWD 1 1 5 7 9 1 13 15 17 18 21 23 25 27 28 29 30 10/10/M 100/M Device Overview Service Name P1282 IP Address 192.168.1.13 Maintenance 2.8.5 Loader 1.5.2 System c266101 Worker i9 ways 2.2.34 Gateway 192.168.1.13 MAC 14.49/BC:43/CD:19 System Time 2023-04-29 16:02:43 Build Date 2023-04-11 04:59:34 aCS Server http://192.168.1.1(0003)... System Resource Poll Usage 0.0 % CPU Usage 15 % Port Tx Rx VLAN Client GE8 0% 0% 1 3 GE70 0% 0% 1 1 Recent Activities CNVIF Surveillance IP Conflict Status

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - I-3 Accessing Web Page of VigorSwitch - 3

Info:

The DHCP Setting is enabled in default. Therefore, if a DHCP server presented on network connected to VigorSwitch, checking before accessing VigorSwitch is essential.

I-4 Dashboard

Click Dashboard from the main menu on the left side of the main page.

Search... Dashboard Configuration Security Utilities

A web page with default selections will be displayed on the screen. Refer to the following figure:

Dashboard PORT STATUS IP Confise PoE Max VRS Reset PWR 1 3 5 7 9 11 18 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 GOOVM GOOM Search Terms Device Overview Device Name P1282 IP Address 102.168.1.13 Firmware 2.8.5 Loader 3.5.2 Revision c26610f Uptime 1 days 17:56:5 Gateway 102.168.1.1 MAC 14:49:BC:43:CD:19 System Time 2023-04-13 06:58:04 Build Date 2023-04-11 04:59:34 ACS Server http://192.168.1.18003/SW... Port * Tx Rx VLAN Client GE8 0% 0% 1 3 GE90 0% 0% 1 1 Recent Activities ONMIF Surveillance IP Conflict Status PoE Consuming PoE Consuming SYSTEM RESOURCE PoE Usage 0.0 % CPU Usage 18 % Memory Usage 68 % Cache Usage 34 %

Chapter II Configuration

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Chapter II Configuration - 1

natural_image Red gear icon enclosed in a circular gray arc (no text or symbols)

II-1 General Setup

Here, we take VigorSwitch P1282 as an example.

II-1-1 PoE

This page allows a user to configure general settings for supplying PoE power for all PoE ports.

Configuration / General Setup PUE Memory Link Aggregation Multicast STP QoS Jumbo Frame LLDP: PoE Enable PoE Mode Auto Manual

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
EnableEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-1-1 PoE - 2 - means “Enable”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-1-1 PoE - 3 - means “Disable”.
PoE ModeAuto - Provides plug and play PoE function. PoE schedule and Power Limit are disabled in this mode.Manual - Before using scheduled PoE, set Manual as PoE mode.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-1-2 Mirroring

This section provides ability to mirror packets coming in or going out on any port to a destination port. Through the packet duplication in the destination port, this feature is convenient for system administrator to monitor / understand the traffic operation.

Configuration / General Setup PoE Mirroring Link Aggregation Multicast STF QoS Jumbo Frame LLDP Mirroring Enabled Destination Port Operate as Normal Port Rx Source Mirrored Port Tx Source Mirrored Port Option 1 OE1 Select Here Select Here 2 OE1 Select Here Select Here 3 OE1 Select Here Select Here 4 OE1 Select Here Select Here

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
EnabledEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-1-2 Mirroring - 2 - means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
Destination PortSpecify the port where you wish to observe the mirrored packets.
Operate as Normal PortEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-1-2 Mirroring - 3 - means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
Rx/Tx Source Mirrored PortSelect the port(s) which you wish to mirror the traffic, Rx for mirror the packets into the port, Tx for mirror the packets going out from the port.
OptionDraytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-1-2 Mirroring - 4 - Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

LAG means Link Aggregation Group which groups some physical ports together to make a single high-bandwidth data path. Thus it can implement traffic load sharing among the member ports in a group to enhance the connection reliability.

Configuration / General Setup P&E Miniming Link Aggregation Multicast STP QoS Jumbo Frame LLDP Link Aggregation 7 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 1 2 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 LAO Load Basic Aggregation MAC Address PMAC Address LACP LACP System Priority 32/05 + Load Link Aggregation Max: 3 LAD/ID Port Type Aggregation Type Enabled Link Status Active Port Standby Port Port Speed Flow Control Flow Control Site No data available in table

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Link Aggregation
LAG Load Balance AlgorithmSelect your Load balance algorithm.MAC address- Aggregated group will balance the traffic based on different MAC addresses. Therefore, the packets from different MAC addresses will be sent to different links.IP/Mac Address- Aggregated group will balance the traffic based on MAC addresses and IP addresses. Therefore, the packets from same MAC addresses but different IP addresses will be sent to different links.
LACPEnable / Disable- Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.- means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
LACP System PriorityThe priority is used to determine which switch (local or remote) on the LAG connection is able to decide LACP activities. The lower the number is, the higher the priority for VigorSwitch will be. Therefore, the switch with the highest system priority (e.g., 1) can make decisions about which ports actively participate in LAG at a given time.
+Add Link AggregationClick to open the setting page of creating Link Aggregation.

To add a link aggregation, click the "+Add Link Aggregation" to open the edit page.

Configuration / General Setup PoE Mirroring Link Aggregation Multicast STP QoS Jumbo Frame LLDP Link Aggregation 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 LAP Load Balance Algorithm MAC Address ITMAC Address LACP LACP System Priority 32768 Add Link Aggregation Max: 8 LAG ID Port Type Aggregation Type Enabled Link Status Active Port Standby Po No data available in table Add Link Aggregation Hide Advanced Mode Port Select Here Aggregation Type Static LACP Enabled Port Speed Auto(10/100/1000/M) Flow Control Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Add/Edit Link Aggregation
Show/Hide Advanced ModeClick to switch different modes.
Port Select the interface(s) to apply the function.
Aggregation Type Specify the type for LAG.
Static - The static aggregated port sends packets over active member without detecting or negotiating with remote aggregated port.LACP - The LACP aggregated ports place member into active only after negotiated with remote aggregated port for best reliability.
Port EnableEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.- means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
Port Speed Port speed capabilities:
Auto(10/100/1000M): Auto speed with all capabilities.Auto(10M): Auto speed with 10M ability only.Auto(100M): Auto speed with 100M ability only.Auto(1000M): Auto speed with 1000M ability only.10M: Force speed with 10M ability.100M: Force speed with 100M ability.1000M: Force speed with 1000M ability.Selecting Auto (auto-negotiation) allows one port to negotiate with a peer port automatically to obtain the connection speed and duplex mode that both ends support. When auto-negotiation is turned on, a port on the switch negotiates with the peer automatically to determine the connection speed and duplex mode. If the peer port does not support auto-negotiation or turns off this feature, the switch determines theconnection speed by detecting the signal on the cable and using half duplex mode. When the switch's auto-negotiation is turned off, a port uses the pre-configured speed and duplex mode when making a connection, thus requiring you to make sure that the settings of the peer port are the same in order to connect.For SFP fiber module, you might need to manually configure the speed to match fiber module speed.
Fiber Media Type It is available for VigorSwitch P1281x only.Determine the media type (with different data rate) for the fiber port.Available type includes:10G1GDAC 50 CMDAC 100 CMDAC 300 CMDAC 500 CM
Flow ControlEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.- means "Enable".- means "Disable".A concentration of traffic on a port decreases port bandwidth and overflows buffer memory causing packet discards and frame losses.Flow Control is used to regulate transmission of signals to match the bandwidth of the receiving port. The switch uses IEEE802.3x flow control in full duplex mode and backpressure flow control in half duplex mode.IEEE802.3x flow control is used in full duplex mode to send a pause signal to the sending port, causing it to temporarily stop sending signals when the receiving port memory buffers fill. Back Pressure flow control is typically used in half duplex mode to send a "collision" signal to the sending port (mimicking a state of packet collision) causing the sending port to temporarily stop sending signals and resend later.
OK Save the settings.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings. The new link aggregation group will be shown on the page.

Configuration / General Setup PoE Minoring Link Aggregation Multicast STP QoS Jumbo Frame LLDP Link Aggregation 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 LAO Load Balance Algorithm MACI/Max=0.0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 LAO LAOP System Priority 32769 + Add Link Aggregation Max: 8 LAO ID Port Type Aggregation Type Enabled Link Status Active Port Standby Port Port Speed Flow Control Flow Control Sta 1 Ethernet/1000M Static Disabled Down N/A GE1-GE2 Auto(10/10/10/10/10/1) Disabled Inactive

II-1-4 Multicast

For the multicast packets, this page allows the administrator to choose actions for processing the unknown multicast packets and for handling known packets with MAC address, IP address and VLAN ID.

Configuration / General Setup PuE Missing Link Aggregation Multicost STIP QoS Jumbo Frame LLDP Multicost Unknown Multicast Packets Action Panel Drop Forward to Re Belize Port IPv4 Packets Forward Version Destination MAC & V/D Destination IP & V/D Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Unknown Multicast Packets ActionSelect an action for switch to handle with unknown multicast packet.Drop - Drop the unknown multicast data.Flood - Flood the unknown multicast data.Forward to Router Port - Forward the unknown multicast data to router port.
IPv4 Packets Forward MethodSet the IPv4 multicast forward method.Dst. MAC & VID - Forward using destination multicast MAC address and VLAN IDs.Dst. IP & VID - Forward using destination multicast IP address and VLAN ID.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-1-5 STP

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is a network protocol that ensures a loop-free topology for any bridged Ethernet local area network.

Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) are frames that contain information about the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). Switches send BPDUs using a unique MAC address from its origin port and a multicast address as destination MAC (01:80:C2:00:00:00, or 01:00:0C:CC:CC:CD for Per VLAN Spanning Tree).

For STP algorithms to function, the switches need to share information about themselves and their connections. What they share are bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).

BPDUs are sent out as multicast frames to which only other layer 2 switches or bridges are listening. If any loops (multiple possible paths between switches) are found in the network topology, the switches will co-operate to disable a port or ports to ensure that there are no loops; that is, from one device to any other device in the layer 2 network, only one path can be taken.

Configuration / General Setup Pod: Minoring Link Aggregation Multicast STP QoS √Junction Frame LLDP STP Installed STP Mode SPD/Handling Path Cost Method SPD/Handling SPD/Handling SPD/Handling SPD/Handling Bridge Setting Priority: Forward Shift: Max. Altge: Tx Hold Court: Hello Tiber: Name: 20 5 2 Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
STP
EnableEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.○ - means “Enable”.○ - means “Disable”.
STP Mode Set the operating mode of Spanning Tree (STP).STP - Enable the Spanning Tree (STP) operation.RSTP - Enable the Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP) operation.
BPDU Handling Specify the BPDU forward method when the STP is disabled.Filtering - Filter the BPDU when STP is disabled.Flooding - Flood the BPDU when STP is disabled.
Path Cost Method Specify the path cost method.Long - Specifies that the default port path costs are within the range: 1~200,000,000.Short - Specifies that the default port path costs are within the range: 1~65,535.
Bridge Setting - Negotiate with other VigorSwitch for determining the bridge switch.
PrioritySpecify the bridge priority. The valid range is from 0 to 61440, and the value should be the multiple of 4096. It ensures the probability that the switch is selected as the root bridge, and the lower value has the higher priority for the switch to be selected as the root bridge of the topology.
Forward DelaySpecify the STP forward delay time, which is the amount of time that a port remains in the Listening and Learning states before it enters the Forwarding state. Its valid range is from 4 to 10 seconds.
Max. AgeSpecify the time interval in seconds for a switch to wait the configuration messages, without attempting to redefine its own configuration.
Tx Hold Count Specify the tx-hold-count used to limit the maximum numbers of packets transmission per second. The valid range is from 1 to 10.
Hello TimeSpecify the STP hello time in second to broadcast its hello message to other bridge by Designated Ports. Its valid range is from 1 to 10 seconds.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-1-6 QoS

QoS (Quality of Service) functions to provide different quality of service for various network applications and requirements and optimize the bandwidth resource distribution to provide a network service experience of better quality.

Queue Setting

VigorSwitch supports multiple queues for each interface. The higher numbered queue represents the higher priority. The following lists the types of supported priority queues:

  • Strict Priority (SP) - Egress traffic from the higher priority queue will be transmitted first, lower priority queue shall wait until all traffic in SP queue is transmitted.
  • Weighted Round Robin (WRR) - The number of packets sent from the queue is proportional to the weight of the queue.

CoS Mapping

It allows users to configure how ingress frames with CoS/802.1p tag map to QoS queues, and QoS queues to CoS/802.1p on egress frames.

Actual effectiveness is based on how QoS is configured in previous QoS section. This page provides settings for user to configure mapping only.

DSCP Mapping

It allows user to configure how ingress packets with DSCP tag map to QoS queues, and QoS queues to DSCP on egress packets.

Actual effectiveness is based on how QoS is configured in previous QoS section. This page provides settings for user to configure mapping only.

It allows user to configure how ingress packets with IP Precedence tag map to QoS queues, and QoS queues to IP Precedence on egress packets.

Actual effectiveness is based on how QoS is configured in previous QoS section. This page provides settings for user to configure mapping only.

Egress Shaping Rate

It allows a user to configure the egress port rate limit. The egress rate limit is the number of bits per second that can be received from the egress interface. Excess bandwidth above this limit is discarded.

Egress Shaping per Queue

It allows users to configure the maximum egress bandwidth not only by the port but also by specific QoS queues. The configuration result for each port will be displayed on the table listed on the lower side of this web page.

Configuration / General Setup PoE Memory Link Aggregation Multicast STP QoS Jumbo Frame LLDF QoS Custom Ingress Trust Mode C:\WINDOWS\ IP\ DHCP\ C:\WINDOWS\ IP\ Frequency Queue Setting & Single Priority Queue ○ Yes Queue Schedule Weight WRR Bandwidth Percentage 1 Single Priority 2 Single Priority 3 Single Priority 4 Single Priority 5 Single Priority 6 Single Priority Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
QoS
EnableEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable the function of QoS mode.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Egress Shaping per Queue - 2 - means “Enable”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Egress Shaping per Queue - 3 - means “Disable”.
Ingress Trust ModeSelect the QoS operation mode.CoS/802.1p -Traffic is mapped to queues based on the CoS field in the VLAN tag, or based on the per-port default CoS value if there is no VLAN tag on the incoming packet.DSCP - All IP traffic is mapped to queues based on the DSCP field in the IP header. If traffic is not IP traffic, it is mapped to the lowest priority queue.CoS/802.1p-DSCP - All IP traffic is mapped to queues based on the DSCP field in the IP header. If traffic is not IP but has VLAN tag, mapped to queues based on the CoS value in the VLAN tag.IP Precedence - All IP traffic is mapped to queues based on the DSCP field in the IP header. If traffic is not IP but has VLAN tag, mapped to queues based on the CoS value in the VLAN tag.
Queue Setting
QueueThere are eight queue ID numbers allowed to be configured.
Schedule Strict Priority- Click it to set queue to strict priority type.WRR - Click it to set queue to Weight round robin type.
WeightIf the queue type is WRR, set the queue weight for the queue
WRR Bandwidth PercentageDisplays the percentage of traffic which can be sent by current queue compared to total WRR queues.
CoS Mapping
Class of Service Mapping to Queue (for Ingress Traffic)Defines the queue ID (level 1 to 8) for different class of service values.Reset - Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.
Class of Service Mapping to Queue (for Egress TrafficDefines the class of service value (0 to 7).
Remark)Reset- Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.
DSCP Mapping
DSCP Mapping to Queue (for Ingress Traffic)Define the queue ID (level 1 to 8) for different DSCP values.Reset- Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.
DSCP Mapping to Queue (for Egress Traffic Remarking)Define the DSCP value (0 to 63).Reset- Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.
IP Precedence Mapping
IP Precedence Mapping to Queue (for Ingress Traffic)Defines the queue ID (level 1 to 8) for different IP Precedence values.Reset- Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.
IP Precedence Mapping to Queue (for Egress Traffic Remarking)Defines the IP Precedence value (0 to 7).Reset- Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.
Egress Shaping per QueueConfigure the maximum egress bandwidth not only by port but also by specific QoS queues.Reset- Clear all settings and return to factory default settings.Port- Display the port (GE1 to GE28) profiles.Option- Clear settings of the selected port and return to factory default settings.Edit- To modify the egress shaping rate for port profiles, select two (at least) GE ports to display the link.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Egress Shaping per Queue - 4Egress Shaping Enabled- Switch the toggle to enable/disable the setting.Egress Shaping Rate (CIR)- Enter the rate value,<16-1000000>, unit:16 Kbps.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-1-7 Jumbo Frame

This page allows a user to configure switch port jumbo frame settings.

Configuration / General Setup File Monitoring Live Aggregation Multicast STP QoS Junior Image LLDT Jumbo Frame Frame Size 15.26

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Jumbo Frame
Frame SizeEnter Jumbo frame size. The valid range is 1526 bytes – 10000 bytes.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-1-8 LLDP

This page allows a user to set general settings for LLDP.

Configuration / General Setup PoE Monitoring Link Aggregation Multicad STP QoS Jumbo Frame LLDP LLDP Enabled Transmitting Interval 30 Sec. Hostline Multiplex 4 Remiterrations Delay 2 Sec. Function Delay 2 Sec.

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
LLDP
EnableEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.○- means “Enable”.○- means “Disable”.If LLDP function is disabled, specify an action for the LLDP PDU packets.●Filtering- The LLDP packets will be filtered and deleted when LLDP is disabled.●Bridging- The LLDP packets will be bridging when LLDP is disabled.●Flooding- The LLDP packets will be flooded and forwarded to all interfaces when LLDP is disabled.
Transmission IntervalSelect the interval at which frames are transmitted. The default is 30 seconds, and the valid range is 5-32768seconds.
Holdtime MultiplierSelect the multiplier on the transmit interval to assign to TTL (range 2-10, default = 4).
Reinitialization DelaySelect the delay before a re-initialization (range 1-10 seconds, default = 2).
Transmit DelaySelect the delay after an LLDP frame is sent (range 1-8192 seconds, default = 3).

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-2 VLAN Setup

A virtual local area network, virtual LAN or VLAN, is a group of hosts with a common set of requirements that communicate as if they were attached to the same broadcast domain, regardless of their physical location. A VLAN has the same attributes as a physical local area network (LAN), but it allows for end stations to be grouped together even if they are not located on the same network switch. VLAN membership can be configured through software instead of physically relocating devices or connections.

II-2-1 Existing VLAN

II-2-1-1 Default VLAN
Configuration / VLAN Setup Existing VLAN MAC VLAN Group Existing VLAN + Add VLAN VLAN ID VLAN Name VLAN Type Option 1 default Default - View/VLAN - Surveillance VLAN - Showing 1 to 3 of 3 indexes Show All entities

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
+Add VLANClick to open the setting page of creating a new VLAN (with the same type of default VLAN).
VLAN ID Displays the ID number of the VLAN.
VLAN Name Displays the name of the VLAN.
VLAN Type Displays the type of the VLAN.
Option- Click to modify the setting page of the selected VLAN.

To create a new VLAN, click +Add VLAN to open the following page.

Configuration / VLAN Setup Beating VLAN MAC VLAN Group Existing VLAN + Add VLAN VLAN ID VLAN Name VLAN Type Option 1 default Default - Voice VLAN - Surveillance VLAN Showing 1 to 3 of 3 entries Show All entries Create VLAN VLAN ID (1-4094) 10 VLAN Name VLAN10 Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Create VLAN
VLAN IDEnter the number as VLAN ID to be created or deleted. If you want to create / delete multiple VLAN profiles, simply enter multiple VLAN ID separated by comma, and/or range of VLAN ID using hyphen.
VLAN NameEnter the prefix you wish to add followed by VLAN ID as VLAN name.Leave it empty for using default "VLAN".
OK Save the settings.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings. A new VLAN will be shown on the page.

Configuration / VLAN Setup Existing VLAN MAC VLAN Group Existing VLAN +Add VLAN VLAN ID VLAN Name VLAN Type Option 1ikt default Default # - Voice VLAN - - Surveillance VLAN - 10 VLAN_10 Static # Showing 1 to 4 of 4 entries 1 Show All▼entries

II-2-1-2 Voice VLAN

With this feature, a VLAN will be created temporarily and when the specified OUI device delivers protocol packets related to "VoIP", VigorSwitch will guide these packets into the specified Voice LAN with specified priority tag to speed up the packet transmission. Such voice VLAN is only active inside VigorSwitch for packet transmission. After these packets leave VigorSwitch, the Voice VLAN tag will be removed immediately.

Configuration / VLAN Setup Existing VLAN MAC VLAN Group Existing VLAN +Add VLAN VLAN ID VLAN Name VLAN Type Option 1ikt default Default -V Voice VLAN - -V Surveillance VLAN - 10 VLAN_10 VLAN Name Static VLAN Name Voice VLAN Show 1 to 4 of 4 entries Show All entries

Click to open the editing page.

Configuration / VLAN Setup Existing VLAN MAC VLAN Group Existing VLAN Add VLAN VLAN ID VLAN Name VLAN Type Option 1 Employment Default -Voice VLAN - Surveillance VLAN 10 VLAN_10 Static Showing 1 to 4 of 4 entries Edit VLAN Voice VLAN Voice VLAN ID None Remark Co(802.1p) Remark Value 6 Aging Time (30-6553R) 1440 Voice VLAN GUI Design QUI ▼ Description 0x0x0x0 3x0x0x 0x0x0x5 Value ✓ 0x0x0xE Profile ✓ 0x0x0x9 NEC/Maps ✓ 0x0x0x0 HSC ✓ 0x0x0x1 Maps ✓ OK Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Edit VLAN
Voice VLANEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.○- means “Enable”.○- means “Disable”.
Voice VLAN ID Select Voice VLAN ID profile.
Remark Cos/802.1pClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.Remark Value- If enabled, qualified packets will be remarked by this value. Specify the number of packets to be remarked. (0 to 7). The VoIP packets will be tagged with this number, so that QoS can prioritize it correctly.
Aging TimeSelect value of aging time (30~65536 min).Default is 1440 minutes. A voice VLAN entry will be age out after this time if without any packet pass through.
Voice VLAN OUIClick the √ to display advanced settings. Default has 8 pre-defined OUI MAC.+Add- Click to create a new voice OUI.OUI- Enter the OUI address.Description- Enter a description of the specified MAC address to the voice VLAN OUI table.- Click it to modify the OUI settings and the description.
OK Save the settings.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-2-1-3 Surveillance VLAN

Surveillance VLAN can be configured for VigorSwitch to identify the packets coming from an IP camera automatically and assign those traffics to a specific VLAN ID and CoS/802.1p value, this helps you to prioritize those traffics and improve video quality.

Configuration / VLAN Setup Existing VLAN MAC VLAN Group Existing VLAN Add VLAN VLAN ID VLAN Name VLAN Type Option 1ikt default Default - Voice VLAN - Surveillance VLAN 10 VLAN IDNBC VLAN Type - Showing 1 to 4 of 4 entries entries

Click to open the editing page.

Configuration / VLAN Setup Existing VLAN MAC VLAN Group Existing VLAN + Add VLAN VLAN_ID VLAN Name VLAN Type Option 1 Employment Default Voice VLAN Surveillance VLAN 10.VLAN_ID Static Show 1 to 4 of 4 entries Edit VLAN Surveillance VLAN None Surveillance VLAN ID Remark Cos802.1p Remark Value Aging Time (30-65536) 1440 Surveillance VLAN OUI Switch OUI Description No data available in table + Add Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Edit VLAN
Surveillance VLANEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.○ - means “Enable”.○ - means “Disable”.Enable the function to configure surveillance VLAN.
Surveillance VLAN ID Choose a VLAN profile as Surveillance VLAN.
Remark Cos/802.1pClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.Remark Value - If enabled, qualified packets will be remarked by this value. Specify the number of packets to be remarked. (0 to 7). The VoIP packets will be tagged with this number, so that QoS can prioritize it correctly.
Aging TimeSelect value of aging time (30~65536 min).Default is 1440 minutes. A voice VLAN entry will be age out after this time if without any packet pass through.
Surveillance VLAN OUIFiltering Surveillance traffic is based on the OUI of the IP cameras.Click the √ to display advanced settings.+Add - Click to create a new OUI.OUI - Enter OUI MAC address of monitored IP camera.Description - Enter a description of the specified MAC address to the surveillance VLAN OUI table.○ - Click to modify the OUI settings and the description.
OK Save the settings.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-2-2 MAC VLAN Group

The MAC VLAN allows you to statically assign a VLAN ID to a host with specific MAC address(es). VigorSwitch allows you to configure multiple groups with configured MAC address and mask to be active on ports and to be bound with VLAN ID. This page allows the network administrator to define groups with specific MAC addresses for later binding with VLAN and Port.

Configuration / VLAN Setup Existing VLAN MAC VLAN Group MAC VLAN Group → And Group Group ID MAC Mask Option No data available in table Showing ID to 0 of 2 entries Show All Emails

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
MAC VLAN Group
+Add Group Click to open the setting page of creating a new group.
Group IDIt is a number for identification later, while chosen to be bound with VLAN/Port.
MACDisplays the MAC address of the device grouped under this VLAN profile.
Mask Displays the number of the mask.

To add a MAC VLAN group, click the "+Add Group" to open the setting page.

Configuration / VLAN Setup Existing VLAN MAC VLAN Group MAC VLAN Group +Add Group Group ID MAC Mask Option No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Show all entries Add MAC Group Group ID (1:214740):647 1500 MAC Address 14.49.BC.43.CD.FC Mask (9-45) 32 MAC.VI.AN Reading Port VLAN + Add Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Add MAC Group
Group IDIt is a number for identification later, while chosen to be bound with VLAN/Port.
MAC AddressEnter the MAC address you wish to be classified in this group.
MASKThe mask is the length of matching prefix you wish to have on MAC address.For example, configure mask in 10. It means a host with beginning of the 10-digit of MAC address will be checked, and classified into this group if matched.
MAC VLAN BindingThe MAC VLAN allows you to statically assign a VLAN ID to a host with specific MAC address(es). VigorSwitch allows you to configure multiple groups with configured MAC address and mask to be active on ports and to be bound with VLAN ID. This page allows the network administrator to bind the group of specified MAC addresses with VLAN and Port.Enable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-2-2 MAC VLAN Group - 3 - means “Enable”.○- means “Disable”.+Add - Click to enter a port number and VLAN ID number.Port - Select the ports you wish to be bound with specified MAC address group.VLAN - Enter the VLAN ID that you wish to be bound with.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

A new group will be shown on the page.

Configuration / VLAN Setup Existing VLAN MAC VLAN Group MAC VLAN Group + Add Group Group ID MAC Mask 1500 14:49.8C 43:CC FC 32 Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries Show All entries

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Option- Click to modify the settings of the selected group. - Click it to remove the selected entry.

II-3 MAC Address Table

This section allows user to view the static MAC address entries in the MAC table, change related setting, and assign MAC address into MAC table.

II-3-1 Dynamic

Configuration / MAC Address Table MAC Address Table Dynamic (A) Static MAC (I) Agency Time 300 Sec. MAC VLAN Port 1 00:50:7F F101.8C default(1) GE10 2 14:49:6C 02:37:08 default(1) GE3 3 14:49:6C 00:1F:48 default(1) GE3 4 60:44:4C E6:5A:4F default(1) GE3

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Aging Time Enter the MAC address aging out value (5-32767 seconds).
MACDisplays the MAC address that will be forwarded.
VLANDisplays the VLAN group to which the MAC address belongs.
Port Displays the port to which this MAC address belongs.

II-3-2 Static MAC

Configuration / MAC Address Table MAC Address Table Select MAC Address Dynamic (A) Static MAC (I) Add Data MAC 1 MAC VLAN Port 14.49 [6C:43 CD:19] 6450H(3) CPU

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
+Add Static MAC Click it to add any port into the static MAC table.
MACDisplays the MAC address that will be forwarded.
VLANDisplays the VLAN group to which the MAC address belongs.
Port Displays the port to which this MAC address belongs.

To add a static MAC, click the "+Add Static MAC" to open the edit page.

Configuration / MAC Address Table MAC Address Table Switch I:VAR Address Dynamic (4) Static MAC (1) Add Static MAC MAC 1449BC43CCFC VLAN VLAN_10~ Port: OE1- GE1 GE2 GE3 GE4 14:49 BC 43 CD 19 default(1) CPU + Add Static MAC Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Add Static MAC
MAC Enter the MAC address that will be forwarded.
VLAN Select the VLAN group to which the MAC address belongs.
Port Select the port to which this MAC address belongs.
OKSave the settings.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

Different VLANs can communicate with each other. With the VLAN routing function, computers (or clients) under different VLANs (created from Configuration>>VLAN Setup) can access the Internet and share data or information with each other.

Configuration / VLAN Interface VLAN Interface VLAN Interface + Add Interface Comment VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address / Subset Mask Option No data available in table Showing 3 to 9 of 6 entries Show as entries

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
+Add Interface Click to create a new VLAN interface profile.
Comment Displays the brief comment for the VLAN ID.
VLAN ID Displays the ID number of VLAN profile.
VLAN Name Displays the name of the VLAN profile.
IP Address/Subnet MaskDisplays the IP address and the subnet mask of the selected VLAN profile.

To add a new interface, click the "+Add Interface" to open the edit page.

Configuration / VLAN Interface VLAN Interface VLAN Interface Add Interface Search Max 5 Comment VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address / Subnet Mask Option No data available in table Showing D to 0 of 0 entries Show A1 entries Add Interface continents market_sales VLAN ID 10 VLAN Name VLAN ID IP Address 192.1681.25 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Add Interface
Comment Enter a brief comment for the VLAN ID.
VLAN ID Use the drop down list to select one VLAN ID.
VLAN NameDisplays the name of the VLAN profile related to the VLAN ID number selected above.
IP Address Enter the IP address for the selected VLAN ID.
Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask for the IP address set above.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

Configuration / VLAN Interface VLAN Interface VLAN Interface + Add Interface Comment VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address / Subnet Mask Search Marc 8 Option 1 market_Sales 10 VLAN_ID 182.168.2.100/255.255.255.0 Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries Show All entries

II-5-1 General

This page allows a user to configure settings for PoE and configure priority of each port for supplying PoE power. While maximum power budget is reached, the power will be served starting with critical priority.

If the priority setting for all GE ports is configured as the same value (e.g., High); then, GE1 will have the highest priority to obtain PoE power in actual operation.

Configuration / Port Setup Port Setup General Setup VT.AN.Temp MAC Iodress Table VT.AN.Interface Multihead DNVP Surveillance Security Utilities Monitoring System Maintenance Support Port Description Port Enabled OCTV Mode Port Speed Fiber Media Type Duplex Flow Control Flow Control Status Option GE1 Enabled Disabled Auto - Auto Enabled Inactive ✓ ○ GE2 Enabled Disabled Auto - Auto Enabled Inactive ✓ ○ GE3 Enabled Disabled Auto - Auto Enabled Inactive ✓ ○ GE4 Enabled Disabled Auto - Auto Enabled Inactive ✓ ○ GE5 Enabled Disabled Auto - Auto Enabled Inactive ✓ ○ GE6 Enabled Disabled Auto - Auto Enabled Inactive ✓ ○ GE7 Enabled Disabled Auto - Auto Enabled Inactive ✓ ○ GE8 Enabled Disabled Auto(1000M) - Auto Enabled Active

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Port Displays the LAN ports (GE1 to GE28).
Description Displays the comment of the selected port.
Port Enabled Displays the status (Enabled or Disabled) of the LAN port.
CCTV Mode Displays if the function is enabled or disabled.
Port Speed Displays the port speed capability.
Link Status Displays the connection status.
Fiber Media Type Displays the fiber media type of the LAN port.
Duplex Displays the port duplex (auto/half/full) capability.
Flow Control ConfigDisplays if the function of Flow Control Config is enabled or disabled.
Flow Control StatusDisplays the current operational status of Flow Control Config.
EEE EnableDisplays if the function of EEE is enabled or disabled.
EEE StateDisplays the current operational status of EEE.
Port IsolationDisplays if the function is enabled or disabled.
LCAPDisplays the priority number for the port.
Option- Click it to modify the port setting.- Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-5-1 General - 2

To modify settings for a port, click the link to open the setting page.

Configuration / Port Setup Port Setup 0 IP Conflict Port Max SYS Reset: PWR 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 28 29 2B General VLAN STP QoS Port Setting Hide Advanced Mode Port GE1 Description Port Enabled PoE Port Enabled (PoE Global ModeManual) PoE Priority Critical High Low Power Limit 35W 15.4W PoE Schedule None CCTV Mode Port Speed Auto Duplex Auto Flow Control Enabled Port Isolation LACP Priority (1 - 65535) 1 LACP Timeout Short Long EEE Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Port Setting
Show / Hide Advanced ModeClick to display or hide the advanced settings.
Port Displays the port number.
Description Enter a brief explanation for the selected port.
Port Enable Enable/disable the settings of the selected port.
PoE Port Enable (PoE Global Mode: Auto)Enable/disable the PoE feature of the selected port. If enabled, this port can be used for connecting the PoE device.
PoE PrioritySelect Priority for PoE device.Critical- Set PoE device to highest priority connection.High-Set PoE device to high priority connection.Low-Set PoE device to low priority connection.
Power LimitThis setting is available when Manual is selected as PoE Mode.Enter the value (30W / 15.4W) as the maximum limit of power given to each physical port.
PoE ScheduleSpecify the PoE port for applying the schedule. Before choosing, the PoE mode must be set asManual.Use the drop down list to choose the schedule profile (from 1 to 15).
CCTV ModeEnable - The system will set the port working with 10mb, half duplex, off flow control automatically.Disable - The default setting.
Port SpeedPort speed capabilities:Auto: Auto speed with all capabilities.Auto(10M): Auto speed with 10M ability only.Auto(100M): Auto speed with 100M ability only.Auto(1000M): Auto speed with 1000M ability only.Auto(10/100M): Auto speed with 10/100M ability.10M: Force speed with 10M ability.100M: Force speed with 100M ability.1000M: Force speed with 1000M ability.Selecting Auto (auto-negotiation) allows one port to negotiate with a peer port automatically to obtain the connection speed and duplex mode that both ends support. When auto-negotiation is turned on, a port on the switch negotiates with the peer automatically to determine the connection speed and duplex mode. If the peer port does not support auto-negotiation or turns off this feature, the switch determines the connection speed by detecting the signal on the cable and using half duplex mode. When the switch's auto-negotiation is turned off, a port uses the pre-configured speed and duplex mode when making a connection, thus requiring you to make sure that the settings of the peer port are the same in order to connect.For SFP fiber module, you might need to manually configure the speed to match fiber module speed.
DuplexPort duplex capabilities:Auto: Auto duplex with all capabilities.Half: Auto speed with 10/100M ability only.Full: Auto speed with 10/100/1000M ability only.
Flow Control EnabledA concentration of traffic on a port decreases port bandwidth and overflows buffer memory causing packet discards and frame losses. Flow Control is used to regulate transmission of signals to match the bandwidth of the receiving port. The switch uses IEEE802.3x flow control in full duplex mode and backpressure flow control in half duplex mode. IEEE802.3x flow control is used in full duplex mode to send a pause signal to the sending port, causing it to temporarily stop sending signals when the receiving port memory buffers fill. Back Pressure flow control is typically used in half duplex mode to send a "collision" signal to the sending port (mimicking a state of packet collision) causing the sending port to temporarily stop sending signals and resend later.Enable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.- means "Enable".- means "Disable".
Port IsolationIt allows the network administrator to configure protected port setting to prevent the selected ports from communication with each other. Port isolation is only allowed to communicate with unprotected port. For example, GE1 and GE3 are selected in Port List and Enable is clicked as port isolation, then users behind GE1 and GE3 are separated and can not communicate with each other.Enable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.
LACP Priority Enter a port priority number for the port.
LACP Timeout The timeout option decides how local switch of LAG connection determines connection to be lost. Switch would also notify the remote switch about this setting value, so that remote switch can send LACP PDU in correct timing.Short - LACP PDU will be sent per second. If port member is not seen over 3 seconds, it will cause port member timeout.
Long - LACP PDU will be sent every 30 seconds. If port member is not seen over 90 seconds, it will cause port member timeout.
EEEEnable or disable port EEE (Energy Efficient Ethernet) function for the selected port.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-5-2 VLAN

This page allows a user to configure interface (GE) settings related to VLAN.

Voice VLAN

With voice VLAN, a VLAN will be created temporarily and when the specified OUI device delivers protocol packets related to "VoIP", VigorSwitch will guide these packets into the specified Voice LAN with specified priority tag to speed up the packet transmission. The voice VLAN is only active inside VigorSwitch for packet transmission. After these packets leave VigorSwitch, the Voice VLAN tag will be removed immediately.

Surveillance VLAN

Surveillance VLAN can be configured for VigorSwitch to identify the packets coming from an IP camera automatically and assign those traffics to a specific VLAN ID and CoS/802.1p value, this helps you to prioritize those traffics and improve video quality.

Configuration / Port Setup Port Setup General VLAN STP OUT Port | VLAN Mode | PVID | Suggested VLAN | Unlagged VLAN | Forbidden VLAN | Accept Frame Type | Ingress Filtering | MAC Bind Option GE1 | Truni | 1 | 1 | All | Enabled | Disabled ✓ ○ GE2 | Truni | 1 | 1 | All | Enabled | Disabled ✓ ○ GE3 | Truni | 1 | 1 | All | Enabled | Disabled ✓ ○ GE4 | Truni | 1 | 1 | All | Enabled | Disabled ✓ ○ GE5 | Truni | 1 | 1 | All | Enabled | Disabled ✓ ○ GE6 | Truni | 1 | 1 | All | Enabled | Disabled ✓ ○ GE7 | Truni | 1 | 1 | All | Enabled | Disabled ✓ ○ GE8 | Truni | 1 | 1 | All | Enabled | Disabled ✓ ○ GE9 | Truni | 1 | 1 | All | Enabled | Disabled ✓ ○ GE10 | Truni | 1 | 1 | All | Enabled | Disabled ✓ ○

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Port Displays the LAN port number.
Interface VLAN Mode Displays VLAN mode of the interface.
PVID Displays the Port VLAN ID of the interface.
Tagged VLANDisplays the VLAN profile (ID number) tagged in the VLAN interface.
Untagged VLANDisplays the VLAN profile (ID number) untagged in the VLAN interface.
Forbidden VLANDisplays the VLAN profile (ID number) used by the VLAN interface.
Accept Frame TypeDisplays the acceptable-frame-type of the specified interfaces.
Ingress Filtering Displays the status (enabled/disabled) of ingress filtering.
MAC BindingDisplays the status (enabled/disabled) of MAC VLAN Binding function.
Voice LAN State Displays the status (enabled/disabled) of Voice VLAN function.
Option^[HSTA] - Click it to modify the VLAN interface settings. ^[KHOZ] - Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Surveillance VLAN - 2

To modify settings for a port, click the link to open the setting page.

Configuration / Port Setup Port Setup HP Conflicts Port Setup 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 PoEMase STIP Reset PWD 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 30/100M General VLAN STP QoS General Port VLAN Mode PVID Tagged VLAN Untagged VLAN Forbidden VLAN Option GE1 Trunk 1 1 ○ GE2 Trunk 1 1 ○ GE3 Trunk 1 1 ○ GE4 Trunk 1 1 ○ GE5 Trunk 1 1 ○ GE6 Trunk 1 1 ○ GE7 Trunk 1 1 ○ Interface Setting Show Advanced Mode Port GE3 VLAN Mode Hybrid True Across PVID 1 Accepted Type All Tag Only Untag Only Ingress Filtering Tagged VLAN default(1) Untagged VLAN VLANJQ(10) Search Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Interface Setting
Show / Hide Advanced ModeClick to display or hide the advanced settings.
Port Displays the selected LAN port number.
VLAN ModeSelect the VLAN mode of the interface.Hybrid - Support all functions as defined in IEEE 802.1Qspecification.Access - Accepts only untagged frames and join an untagged VLAN.Trunk - An untagged member of one VLAN at most, and is a tagged member of zero or more VLANs.
PVIDA PVID (Port VLAN ID) is a tag that adds to incoming untagged frames received on a port so that the frames are forwarded to the VLAN group that the tag defines.For port under Access Mode, VLAN ID provided as PVID would automatically be selected as the untagged VLAN.
Accepted TypeSpecify the acceptable-frame-type of the specified interfaces. It's only available with Hybrid mode.All - Accept frames regardless it's tagged with 802.1q or not.Tag Only - Accept frames only with 802.1q tagged.Untag Only - Accept frames untagged.
Ingress FilteringEnable the ingress filtering to filter out any packets not belong to any VLAN members of this port. It is enabled automatically while operatingin Access and Trunk mode.
Tagged VLAN Specify the VLAN profile tagged in the VLAN.
Untagged VLAN Specify the VLAN profile untagged in the VLAN.
Below shows settings for Advanced Mode
Forbidden VLANThe selected GE port only allows default VLAN packet to pass through.Enable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable the LAN port(s) as forbidden VLAN port.- means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
Voice VLAN EnableEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable the LAN port(s) as Voice VLAN port.
Voice VLAN CoS ModeAll - Once this port is identified as Voice VLAN by frame with matched OUI, remark CoS/802.1p shall tag for all ingress frame regardless of remarked frame matched with pre-configured OUI or not.Src (Source) - Once this port is identified as Voice VLAN by frame with matched OUI, remark CoS/802.1p shall tag for only the matched ingress frame with pre-configured OUI.
Surveillance VLAN EnabledEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable the LAN port(s) as Surveillance VLAN port.- means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
Surveillance VLAN ModeSelect port surveillance VLAN mode.Auto - Surveillance VLAN auto detect packets that match OUI table and add received port into surveillance VLAN ID tagged member.Manual - User need add interface to VLAN ID tagged member manually.
Surveillance VLAN QoS PolicySelect port QoS Policy mode.Video Packet - QoS attributes are applied to packets with OUI in the source MAC address.All - QoS attributes are applied to packets that are classified to the Surveillance VLAN.
MAC VLAN BindingEnable/disable the function of MAC VLAN Binding.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-5-3 STP

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is a network protocol that ensures a loop-free topology for any bridged Ethernet local area network.

Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) are frames that contain information about the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). Switches send BPDUs using a unique MAC address from its origin port and a multicast address as destination MAC (01:80:C2:00:00:00, or 01:00:0C:CC:CC:CD for Per VLAN Spanning Tree).

For STP algorithms to function, the switches need to share information about themselves and their connections. What they share are bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).

BPDUs are sent out as multicast frames to which only other layer 2 switches or bridges are listening. If any loops (multiple possible paths between switches) are found in the network topology, the switches will co-operate to disable a port or ports to ensure that there are no loops; that is, from one device to any other device in the layer 2 network, only one path can be taken.

Configuration / Port Setup Port Setup General Setup VLAN/Setup MNC Address Name VLAN/Interface Port Setup Multiport ONVF Surveillance Security Utilities Monitoring System Maintenance Support Port Setup 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 Port Amin Enabled BPOU Filter BPOU Guard Path Cost Priority Edge Port P2P Option Option GE1 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 No Auto GE2 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 No Auto GE3 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 No Auto GE4 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 No Auto GE5 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 No Auto GE6 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 No Auto GE7 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 No Auto GE8 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 No Auto

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Port Displays the LAN port number (GE1 to GE28).
Admin Enabled Displays the status (enabled/disabled) of Admin Enabled.
BPDU FilterDisplays the status (enabled/disabled) of BPDU Filter function.
BPDU Guard Displays the status (enabled/disabled) of BPDU Guard function.
Path CostDisplays the value of transmitting a frame onto a LAN through that port.
Priority Displays the priority value for the port interface.
Edge PortDisplays the status (enabled/disabled) of Edge Port function.
P2P OptionDisplays the STP of link type (All, Yes, No) on this port.
Option- Click it to modify the STP port setting.- Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.

To modify settings for a port, click the link to open the setting page.

Configuration / Port Setup Port Setup 0 IP Conflict Port Max 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 [26] [28] 28 PWR General VLAN STP QoS STP Port Setting Hide Advanced Mode Port GE1 Admin Enabled Enabled BPOU Filter BPOU Guard Path Cost (0:30000000,0 = Auto) 0 Priority 128- Edge Port P2P Option Auto Yes No Port Admin Enabled BPDU Filter BPDU Guard Path Cost Priority Option GE1 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 ✓ ✓ GE2 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 ✓ ✓ GE3 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 ✓ ✓ GE4 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 ✓ ✓ GE5 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 ✓ ✓ GE6 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 ✓ ✓ GE7 Enabled Disabled Disabled 0 128 ✓ ✓ Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
STP Port Setting
Show / Hide Advanced ModeClick to display or hide the advanced settings.
Port Displays the selectedLAN port number.
Admin Enabled Displays the status of Admin Enabled.
BPDU FilterClick the toggle to enable / disable the function of dropping all BPDU packets and no BPDU will be sent.- means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
BPDU GuardBPDU Guard further protects your switch by turning this port into error state and shutdown if any BPDU received from this port. Check it to enable such function.
Path CostPath cost is the cost of transmitting a frame on to a LAN through that port. It is recommended to assign this value according to the speed of the bridge. The slower the media, the higher the cost. Entering 0 means the switch will automatically assign a value.
PrioritySpecify a priority value for the switch. The smaller the priority value, the higher the priority and greater chance of becoming the root.
Edge PortIn the edge mode, the interface would be put into the Forwarding state immediately upon link up. If the edge mode is enabled for the interface and there are BPDUs received on the interface, the loop might be occurred in the short time before the STP state change.Click the toggle to enable / disable the function.
P2P OptionAuto - VigorSwitch determines the STP of link type for this port automatically.Yes - It means the STP of link type on this port is full-duplex and directly connect to another switch or host.No - It means the STP of link type on this port is “not” full-duplex and“does not” directly connect to another switch or host.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-5-4 QoS

This page is used to configure port settings for QoS. The configuration result for each port will be displayed on the table listed on the lower side of this web page.

Ingress Rate Limit

It allows a user to configure ingress port rate limit. The ingress rate limit is the number of bits per second that can be received from the ingress interface. Excess bandwidth above this limit is discarded.

Egress Shaping Rate

It allows a user to configure egress port rate limit. The egress rate limit is the number of bits per second that can be received from the egress interface. Excess bandwidth above this limit is discarded.

Configuration / Port Setup Port Setup SIP Comfort PuAMix 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 761 798 260 278 PUB 2/8 Reset Port 1 2 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 751 1271 851 97 General VLAN STP Go 10/100M 1000M Port Trust Port Ingress Default CoS Egress Remark CoS Egress Remark GSCP/IP Precedence Ingress Rate Limit Egress Rate Shop Option GE1 Enrolled 0 Disrupted Disrupted Disrupted Disabled ✓ ○ GE2 Enrolled 0 Disrupted Disrupted Disrupted Disabled ✓ ○ GE3 Enrolled 0 Disrupted Disrupted Disrupted Disabled ✓ ○ GE4 Enrolled 0 Disrupted Disrupted Disrupted Disabled ✓ ○ GE5 Enrolled 0 Disrupted Disrupted Disrupted Disabled ✓ ○ GE6 Enrolled 0 Disrupted Disrupted Disrupted Disabled ✓ ○ GE7 Enrolled 0 Disrupted Disrupted Disrupted Disabled ✓ ○ GE8 Enrolled 0 Disrupted Disrupted Disrupted Disabled ✓ ○ GE9 Enrolled 0 Disrupted Disrupted Disrupted Disabled ✓ ○

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Port Displays the port profiles (GE1 to GE28).
Trust PortDisplays if the traffic follow the trust mode in general setting (Enabled/Disabled).
Ingress Default CoSDisplays the default CoS priority value for those ingress frames.
Egress Remark CoS Displays the status (Enabled/Disabled) of the function.
Egress Remark DHCP/IP PrecedenceDisplays the status (Enabled/Disabled) of the function.
Ingress Rate LimitDisplays the value of the ingress rate limit. If this function is disabled, then Off will be shown instead.
Egress Rate ShapingDisplays the value of the egress rate shaping. If this function is disabled, then Off will be shown instead.
Option- Click it to modify the QoS port setting.- Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.

To modify settings for a port, click the link to open the setting page.

Configuration / Port Setup Port Setup 0 IP Conflict Port 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 [76] [78] [79] [78] PortENMan SVS Port 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 [25] [27] [25] [27] General VLAN STP QoS QoS Port Setting Port GE1 Trust Port Ingress Default CoS Egress Remark CoS Egress Remark DSCP/IP Precedence DISCP IP Precedence Ingress Rate Limit (16-1000000, multiple of 16) Kbps Egress Rate Shaping (16-1000000, multiple of 16) Kbps Port Trust Port Ingress Default CoS Egress Remark CoS Egress Remark DSCP Option GE1 Enabled 0 Disabled Disabled Disabled GE2 Enabled 0 Disabled Disabled Disabled GE3 Enabled 0 Disabled Disabled Disabled GE4 Enabled 0 Disabled Disabled Disabled GE5 Enabled 0 Disabled Disabled Disabled GE6 Enabled 0 Disabled Disabled Disabled GE7 Enabled 0 Disabled Disabled Disabled Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
QoS Port Setting
Port Displays the port profiles (GE1 to GE28).
Trust PortEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Egress Shaping Rate - 3 - Traffic will follow trust mode in general setting.○○- No QoS service for this port.
Ingress Default CoSSpecify the default CoS priority value for those ingress frames without given trust QoS tag (802.1q/DSCP/IP Precedence, depending on configuration).
Egress Remark CoSEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.
Egress Remark DSCP/IP PrecedenceClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.DSCP - Egress traffic will be marked with DSCP value according to the Queue to DSCP mapping table.IP Precedence - Egress traffic will be marked with IP Precedence value according to the Queue to IP Precedence mapping table.
Ingress Rate LimitThe ingress rate limit is the number of bits per second that can be received from the ingress interface. Excess bandwidth above this limit is discarded.Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Enter the rate value,<16-1000000>,unit:16 Kbps.
Egress Rate ShapingThe egress rate limit is the number of bits per second that can be received from the egress interface. Excess bandwidth above this limit is discarded.Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Enter the rate value,<16-1000000>,unit:16 Kbps.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

IP multicast is a technique for one-to-many communication over an IP infrastructure in a network.

To avoid the incoming data broadcasting to all GE ports, multicast is useful to transfer the data/message to specified GE ports for IGMP snooping. When VigorSwitch receives a message "subscribed" by the client, it must decide to transfer the data to specified GE ports according to the location of the client (subscribed member).

Configuration / Multicast ICMP Snoging ICMP Snoging ICMP Snoging Enable ICMP Snoging Version Report Suspension VLAN Setting Search : VLAN ID VLAN Name ICMP Snoging Immediate Leave Queue Status Static Router Ports Forbidden Route Expiry Time (sec.) 1 1 default Disabled Disabled Disabled - - - 2 10 Quest VLAN Disabled Disabled Disabled - - - Group Table Add VLAN ID Group IP Address Member Ports Type Life (Sec) No data available in table

II-6-1 IGMP Snooping

IGMP snooping is the process of listening to Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) network traffic. The feature allows a network switch to listen in on the IGMP conversation between hosts and routers. By listening to these conversations the switch maintains a map of which links need which IP multicast streams. Multicasts may be filtered from the links which do not need them and thus controls which ports receive specific multicast traffic.

Configuration / Multicast IGMP Snooping IGMP Snooping IGMP* Snooping Enable IGMP* Snooping Version Report Suppression

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
IGMP Snooping EnableEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.○ - means “Enable”.○ - means “Disable”.
IGMP Snooping VersionSet the IGMP snooping version.v2 - Only support process IGMP v2 packet.v3 - Support v3 basic and v2.
Report SuppressionIt allows the switch to handle IGMP reports between router and host,suppressing bandwidth used by IGMP. Enable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function. ○ - means “Enable”. ○ - means “Disable”.

II-6-2 VLAN Setting

This page allows you to enable/disable IGMP function, select snooping version, and enable/disable snooping report suppression.

VLAN Setting Search : VLAN ID: VLAN Name: IGMP Snooping... Immediate Leave Queueer Status Static Router Ports Forbidden Route... Expiry Time (sec.) 1 default Disabled Disabled Disabled - - - 2 Good VLAN Disabled Disabled Disabled - - -

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
VLAN ID Displays the VLAN ID number of the VLAN profile.
VLAN Name Displays the name of the VLAN profile.
IGMP Snooping StatusDisplays the status (Enabled/Disabled) of the IGMP function.
Immediate Leave Displays the status (Enabled/Disabled)
Querier StatusDisplays the status (Enabled/Disabled) of IGMP querier function.
Static Router PortsDisplays the LAN Port (GE/LAG) to send out query to remote host.
Forbidden Router PortsDisplays the forbidden LAN Port (GE/LAG).
Expiry Time (sec.) Displays the time before querier is considered no longer existed.
Click it to modify the IGMP setting.
Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.

To modify settings for a port, click the link to open the setting page.

Configuration / Multicast IGMP Snooping IGMP Snooping ICMP Snooping Enabled ICMP Snooping version v2 v1(9658) Report Suppression VLAN Setting VLAN ID status Immediate Leave Querier Status Static Router Ports R 1 1 Disabled Disabled - - 2 10 Disabled Disabled - Group Table + Add VLAN ID Group IP Address Member Ports Type Life (Sec.) Option: No data available in table IGMP Settings Wide Advanced Mode VLAN ID 1 VLAN Name: default General IGMP Snooping Enabled Router Ports Auto Leans Query Robustness 2 Query Interval 125 Sec. Query Response Interval 10 Sec. Last Member Query Counter 2 Sec. Last Member Query Interval 1 Sec. Immediate Leave IGMP Queries IGMP Queries Enabled Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
IGMP Setting
Show / Hide Advanced ModeClick to display or hide the advanced settings.
VLAN ID Displays the VLAN ID number of the VLAN profile.
VLAN Name Displays the name of the VLAN profile.
GeneralIGMP Snooping Enable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this IGMP snooping function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-6-2 VLAN Setting - 3 - means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
Below shows settings for Advanced Mode
Router Ports Auto LearnClick the toggle to enable / disable this function. Set the enabling status of IGMP router port learning. The server will learn router port by IGMP query.
Query RobustnessSet a number which allows tuning for the expected packet loss on a subnet.
Query Interval Set the interval of querier to send the general query.
Query Response IntervalIt specifies the maximum allowed time before sending a responding report in units of 1/10 second.
Last Member Query CounterAfter querying for specified times (defined here) and still not receiving any response from the subscribed member, VigorSwitch will stop transmitting data to the related GE port(s).
Last Member Query IntervalThe maximum time interval between counting each member query message with no responses from any subscribed member.
Immediate LeaveLeave the multicast group immediately on the port & VLAN where leave message is sent from, regardless there is still a subscribed member or not. Click Enable to enable Fastleave function.
IGMP QuerierIGMP Querier Enable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.In Advanced Mode,Querier Version- Set the IGMP snooping version.v2- Only support process IGMP v2 packet.v3- Support v3 basic and v2.For maximum compatibility, it is suggested to use querier version lower than IGMP snooping version, for there is possible network mixed with IGMP v2/v3 client and v2 query message is widely understandable for those clients.
IGMP Static GroupThe IGMP static group is allowed to assign a VLAN/port as a specific IPv4 multicast member. Every IPv4 multicast stream that belongs to the specified group IP address will be forwarded to the specified port/VLAN member.Enable / Disable- Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.+Add- Click to create a new group.Group IP Address- Specify the IPv4 multicast address you wish to assign for the static group (defined in VLAN ID).Member Ports- Specify the port(s) that static group with given IPv4 multicast address shall include.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-6-3 Group Table

This page shows currently known and dynamically learned by IGMP snooping or shows the assigned IPv4 multicast address group in operation.

Group Table + Add VLAN ID Group IP Address Member Ports Type Life (Sec.) Option No data available in table

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
+Add Click to create a new profile.
VLAN ID Display the VLAN of this multicast group belongs to.
Group IP AddressDisplay the multicast address of this multicast group.
Member PortsDisplay the port(s) where subscribing member of this multicast group belongs to.
Type Display if it is dynamically learned or statically assigned.
Life (Sec.)Display the life time of this multicast member left if no membership report sent again.

To add a new group, click the +Add link to open the setting page.

Group Table + Add VLAN ID Group IP Address Member Ports Type Life (Sec) Option 1 Select Here Select Here Static Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
VLAN ID Specify a VLAN profile as IGMP Static Group.
Group IP AddressIt is an identifier for the group member. Packets sent to such address will be transferred to all interfaces defined in Member Ports.Specify the IPv4 multicast address you wish to assign for the static group (defined in VLAN ID).
Member PortsSpecify the port(s) that static group with given IPv4 multicast address shall include.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-7 ONVIF Surveillance

ONVIF (Open Network Video Interface Forum), an International standard for current surveillance system industry, focuses on security products based on network IP address.

With this feature, VigorSwitch can:

● Integrate the ONVIF device and surveillance network
● Centralize management of IP video products
- View video images directly on VigorSwitch WUI
- Offer remote IP video products maintenance

Configuration / OM/F Surveillance OM/F Device Discovery Topology Snapshots Stream Device Maintenance Topology Discover Interface default (1) Change 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27

Switch the toggle to enable the ONVIF Device Discovery function. Then click Apply.

II-7-1 Topology

ONVIF devices can be centralized and managed remotely via VigorSwitch. With a hierarchy view, the administrator can manage several ONVIF devices and check abnormal traffic detected by the Vigor system.

Configuration / ONVIF Surveillance ONVIF Device Discovery Topology Snapshot Stream Device Maintenance Topology Discovery Interface default (1) Change Port: GF-12 Device Type: Solid Device Name: Device Hardware: 05-01000/IN MAC: 50.03/FB: 9F:54/DC IP: 192.148.1.188 + - Port PcE Usage: 2.6W Group Information Add New Group Index Group Name Group Devices VLAN Option > 0 Default 1 1

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Camera - Displays the number of IP camera(s) connected to VigorSwitch. The panel sketch on the screen will display which LAN port that the IP camera connected.
NVR - Displays the number of NVR device(s) connected to VigorSwitch. The panel sketch on the screen will display which LAN port that the NVR device connected.
ChangeVigorSwitch will detect the ONVIF device based on the interface selected.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-7-1 Topology - 2
+Add New GroupA group can contain one (IP camera or NVR, as group leader) to several devices (IP cameras as group devices).Click to create a new group for managing multiple devices.
Index Displays the indexnumber of the group profile.
Group NameDisplays the name of the group profile.
Group DevicesDisplays the number of the devices grouped under this profile.
VLANDisplays the VLAN profile.
Click it to modify the group setting.

To modify settings for a port, click the link to open the setting page.

Configuration / ONVIF Surveillance ONVIF Device Discovery Topology Snapshot Stream Device Maintenance Topology Discover Interface default (1) Charge Group Information Add New Group Index Group Name Group Devices VLAN Option 0 Default 1 1 Edit Group Hide Advanced Mode ONVIF Device Login (optional) Username admin Password ******** Throughput Threshold (Ate) Apply to All Member Ports Wigens Alert Rate Limit (Kbps, multiple of 10) Egnet Alert Rate Limit (Kbps, multiple of 10) Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Edit Group
Show / Hide Advanced ModeClick to display or hide the advanced settings.
ONVIF Device Login (optional)
Username / PasswordEnter a name / password as the default value.In the entire ONVIF Surveillance menu, VigorSwitch will input this value in advanced and retrieve data. System administrator can access the IP device in which the username and password are as same as the default values.However, you can also input another username/password manually if the IP device username/password is different from the one you enter in Default Username/Default Password.

Advanced Mode - Throughput Threshold Alert

Apply to All Member PortsCheck the box to apply the throughput threshold setting to all member ports.
Ingress AlertToggle the switch to enable the function. Set the ingress limit value.When the incoming traffic (packet) of the GE port reaches the limit, the Vigor System will send an alert email to the system administrator.Rate Limit - Enter the ingress rate as a threshold to send mail alert.
Egress Alert Toggle the switch to enable the function.Rate Limit - Enter the egress rate as a threshold to send mail alert.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

To create a new group, click the +Add New Group link to open the setting page.

Configuration / ONVIF Surveillance ONVIF Device Discovery Topology Snapshot Stream Device Maintenance Topology Discover Interface default (1) Change 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 10/100M 1000M Group Information + Add New Group Index Group Name Group Devices VLAN Option > 0 Default 1 1 Add New Group Show Advanced Mode Group Name Group Leader GE12 - DS-03200/M Group Member Select Here VLAN None ONVIF Device Login (optional) Username Password Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Add New Group
Show / Hide Advanced ModeClick to display or hide the advanced settings.
Group Name Enter the name of a group.
Group LeaderThe system will detect the NVR or IP cameras, and list them on the field of NVR or Group Leader.
Group MemberThis field lists all devices (IP cameras) not included by other group. Select one IP device to multiple devices or select all the devices for managed by this group.

ONVIF Device Login (optional)

Username / PasswordEnter a name / password as the default value.In the entire ONVIF Surveillance menu, VigorSwitch will input this value in advanced and retrieve data. System administrator can access the IP device in which the username and password are as same as the default values.However, you can also input another username/password manually if the IP device username/password is different from the one you enter in Default Username/Default Password.

Throughput Threshold Alert

Apply to All Member PortsCheck the box to apply the throughput threshold setting to all member ports.
Ingress AlertToggle the switch to enable the function. Set the ingress limit value.When the incoming traffic (packet) of the GE port reaches the limit, the Vigor System will send an alert email to the system administrator.Rate Limit- Enter the ingress rate as a threshold to send mail alert.
Egress AlertToggle the switch to enable the function. Set the egress limit value.When the incoming traffic (packet) of the GE port reaches the limit, the Vigor System will send an alert email to the system administrator.Rate Limit- Enter the ingress rate as a threshold to send mail alert.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

II-7-2 Snapshot Stream

This page can offer a real-time video of specified IP camera for monitoring and control environments.

Configuration / ONVF Surveillance ONVF Device Discovery Topology Snapshot Stream Device Maintenance Snapshot Stream 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 Camera Name : IP Address : Option DS-DJ200VN (GE12) 132.168.1.155

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Snapshot Stream
Camera Name Displays the device name of the IP camera.
IP Address Displays the IP address of the IP camera.
After authenticated with correct username and password, the image of the specified IP camera (supported by VigorSwitch) will be shown immediately.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-7-2 Snapshot Stream - 2Username / Password - The default username/password will be input if it is configured on the Topology page. However, if the default input is not the correct username/password, enter the correct one of the IP camera instead.Login - Click it to authenticate the username and password for the specified IP camera.A pop-up window (Video Preview) appears to display a live image on the screen.

Video Preview It is recommended to copy the URI to watch the live stream on a video player. Device name: DS-D3200VN (GE12) Live Stream: rtsp://192.168.1.155.554/Streaming/Channels/101?trans... Network Camera 07/12/2020 19:04:34

II-7-3 Device Maintenance

The system administrator can remotely configure time setting, security settings and reboot the devices (IP cameras or NVRs) managed by Vigor switch.

Configuration / ONVIF Surveillance ONVIF Device Discovery Topology Snapshot Stream Device Maintenance Device Maintenance Driver Interface default (1) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 1 3 6 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 Camera Name IP Address MAC Address Status Option DS-D1200VN (GE12) 1/2 168.1.155 58.03 FB BF 54 DC %

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Device Maintenance
Camera Name Displays the device name of the IP camera.
IP Address Displays the IP address of the IP camera.
MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the IP camera.
StatusDisplays the status (enabled or disabled) of the IP camera.
Option- Click to configure detailed settings for the selected device.

Click

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-7-3 Device Maintenance - 2

to configure detailed settings. First you have to login the ONVIF device.

DNVIF Device Login Username admin Password ****** Login

After entering the correct username and password of the device, the detailed settings page will be shown as follows:

Topology Snapshot Stream Device Maintenance Device Maintenance Discover Interface default (1) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 Search : Camera Name IP Address MAC Address Status Option DS-D3200VN (GE12) 192.168.1.155 58.03 FB 8F-94 DC 26 Edit DS-D3200VN (CE12) General Information Access Information Factory Default Reset Device Reboot Robot Device Name MAC 58.03 FB 8F-94 DC Admin IP 192.168.1.155 Manufacturer Model Firmware Location city/thangzhou Group Default Current Time 2011-1-1 1-5-10 UTC Time 2010-12-31 17-5-18 Time Time DST-9.00:00 Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
General Information
Factory Default Reset- Reset the factory default to the IP device.
Device Reboot Reboot- Reboot the IP device immediately.
Device NameClick to modify the name of the device.
MAC Displays the MAC address of the device.
Admin IP Displays the IP address of the device.
Manufacturer Displays the manufacturer of the device.
Model Displays the model name of the device.
Firmware Displays the firmware version used by the device.
Location Displays the location of the device.
Group Displays the name of the group.
Current Time Displays the time set for the device.
UTC TimeDisplay the time and date information related to the selected device.
Time Zone Displays the time zone based on the location of the device.
Daylight SavingDisplays the status (enabled/disabled) of the daylight saving function.
Auto Device CheckClick the toggle to enable / disable this function. ^Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-7-3 Device Maintenance - 5 - means “Enable”. ^Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - II-7-3 Device Maintenance - 6 - means “Disable”.Failure Action - Configure the power behavior for each LAN port.Power Cycle - Once the device is offline, Vigorswitch will power off the device and then power on the device again.Power Off - When the device is offline, power off the device immediately.Nothing - When the device is offline, no action will be performed.Note: When a PoE hub connecting to LAN port of VigorSwitch, the power behavior (on/off) to the PoE hub also will apply to all the devices connecting to the PoE hub.Mail Alert - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function. When the device is offline, Vigor system will send an alert mail to notify the recipient.With Snapshot - If enabled, the switch will try to get snapshot from the device per half hour. Before using this feature, set the group authentication information when adding group or configure Default Username/Password in the Topology page first.When the device is offline, no action will be performed.
Access Information
Mode Change the connection mode for this device.Static - When it is selected, you have to enter value for network setting manually for the IP device.IP Address - Enter an IPv4 address for the IP devicePrefix Length - Specify the subnet mask for the IP address.Gateway - Enter the IPv4 address for the gateway.DNS Server1/2 - Enter the IP address for primary / secondary DNS server.DHCP - When it is selected, the IP device will be assigned with the settings by the network's DHCP server automatically to access the Internet.Hostname - Display the hostname of the DHCP server.
Zero ConfigurationClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.Enable - The network settings for the IP device will be configured automatically.Disable - The network settings for the IP device must be configured manually.
HTTP Port Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Enable - Click it to enable the HTTP port configuration and enter a port value if required.Disable - Disable the HTTP port configuration.
HTTPS Port Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Enable - Click it to enable the HTTPS port configuration and enter a port value if required.Disable - Disable the HTTPS port configuration.
RTSP Port Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Enable - Click it to enable the RTSP port configuration and enter a port value if required.Disable - Disable the RTSP port configuration.

Chapter III Security

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Chapter III Security - 1

natural_image Abstract shield icon with a red keyhole inside, no text or symbols present.

III-1 Access Control List

An Access Control List (ACL) is a sequential list of permit or deny conditions that apply to IP addresses, MAC addresses, or other more specific criteria. This switch tests ingress packets against the conditions in an ACL one by one. A packet will be accepted as soon as it matches a permit rule, or dropped as soon as it matches a deny rule. If no rules match, the frame is accepted.

Users can create the Access Control List (ACL) based on Layer 2 filtering, the MAC layer, Layer 2 to Layer 4 filtering, the IPv4, and Layer 2 to Layer 4 filtering, the IPv6. The ACL is composed by many Access Control Element (ACE) rules. You can create a new ACL here; then add multiple ACEs.

You may provide filtering/matching criteria for one or more packet characteristics (such as Source/Destination MAC, Ethertype, VLAN, 802.1p) for this ACE to identify the packet.

III-1-1 Access Control List

Security / Access Control List Access Control List Apply to Port Access Control List + Add Access Control List Search

List Type - MAC

To create a new access control list, click the +Add Access Control List link to open the setting page.

Security / Access Control List Access Control List Apply to Port Access Control List Add Access Control List Search Access Control List List Name List Type MAC Rules Sequence (1-2147430647) Action Any Source MAC Any Destination MAC Any Ethernet Type Any VLAN Any 802.1p Priority + Add Rule Forward Down Shutdown Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Access Control List
List Name Enter a name for creating a new ACL profile.
List Type Specify the filtering type (MAC/IPv4/IPv6).
Rules
SequenceAssign a sequence number to this ACE. The sequence is used to identify which one of ACEs in an ACL is firstly used to match ingress packets. The switch port bound with an ACL use the contained ACE rules, start with the one with lower sequence number to match the packet first.
ActionSelect the action applied to the packet matched this ACE. Permit or deny the packets into switch core, or shutdown the port for stopping further transmission.< img src="">Permit< img src="">Deny< img src="">Shutdown
Any Source MAC If disabled, please enter IP address with the subnet mask.< img src="">Any Source MAC < img src="">
Any Destination MAC If disabled, please enter IP address with the subnet mask.
Any Ethernet TypeSpecify Ethernet type for filtering. Select Any Ethernet. Or, enter the value with the format of "0x600 ~ 0xFFFF".< img src="">Any Ethernet< img src="">Type(0x600-0xFFFF)
Any VLANSpecify VLAN profile for filtering. Select Any VLAN. Or, enter a VLAN number. The packets coming from the VLAN specified here will be filtered by Vigor device.□ Any VLAN (1-4094)
Any 802.1p PrioritySpecify the 802.1p priority value for filtering. Select Any 802.1p Priority.Or, enter a number from 0 to 7.
□ Any 802.1p Priority (0-7) /
+Add Rule Click it to create a new ACE rule.Each ACL profile can be added with 8 ACE rules.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

Security / Access Control List Access Control List Apply to Port Access Control List Add Access Control List Access Control List Type Applied Port > 1 ACL_123 MAC None + Add Rule Delete List

Access Control List + Add Access Control List Access Control List Type Applied Port ✓ 1 ACL_123 MAC None + Add Rule Delete List Sequence Action Source MAC/Mask Destination MAC/M... Ethernet Type VLAN 802.1p Priority 1 30000 Deny Any/Any Any/Any Any Any Any/Any 2 200000 Permit Any/Any Any/Any Any Any Any/Any

List Type - IPv4

To create a new access control list, click the +Add Access Control List link to open the setting page.

Security / Access Control List Access Control List Apply to Port Access Control List AddAccess Control List Access Control List List Name List Type Port Rules Sequence pre-assembly Action Name Date Status Any protocol Any Source IP Any Destination IP Any Service Any Source port Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Access Control List
List Name Enter a name for creating a new ACL profile.
List Type Specify the filtering type (IPv4).
Rules
SequenceAssign a sequence number to this ACE. The sequence is used to identify which one of ACEs in an ACL is firstly used to match ingress packets. The switch port bound with an ACL use the contained ACE rules, start with the one with lower sequence number to match the packet first.
ActionSelect the action applied to the packet matched this ACE. Permit or deny the packets into switch core, or shutdown the port for stopping further transmission.·Permit·Deny·Shutdown
Any Protocol Specify the protocol for filtering.
Any Protocol - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Self-Define - Enter a number (0 - 255) to specify a protocol. For example, 1 means “Internet Control Message”; 6 means “Transmission Control”.ICMP, IP in IP,... - Choose one of the protocols (e.g., ICMP, IP in IP, TCP, EGP, IGP...) from the drop down list. Packets passing through the selected protocol will be filtered.
Sequence(1-2147483647)Action□ Any protocol (0-255)Self-DefineICMPIP in IPTCPSelf-Define
Any Source IP Specify the source IPv4 address for filtering.Any Source IP - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Select Any Source IP. Or, enter the IP address to filter the packets coming from that address.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv4 - 2
Any Destination IP Specify the destination IPv4 address for filtering.Any Destination IP - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Select Any Destination IP. Or, enter the IP address to filter the packets coming from that address.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv4 - 3
Any Service Any Service - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.DSCP - All IP traffic is mapped to queues based on the DSCP field in the IP header. If traffic is not IP traffic, it is mapped to the lowest priority queue.IP Precedence - All IP traffic is mapped to queues based on the IP Precedence field in the IP header. If traffic is not IP traffic, it is mapped to the lowest priority queue.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv4 - 4
Any Source Port Specify the source port number for filtering the packets.Any Source Port - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Select Any Source Port. Or, enter the port number.Single - Only the packets passing through the number defined here will be filtered.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv4 - 5Range - Only the packets passing through the port range defined here will be filtered.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv4 - 6
Any Destination Port Specify the destination port number for filtering the packets.Any Destination Port - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Select Any Destination Port. Or, enter the port number.Single - Only the packets passing through the number defined here will be filtered.
Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv4 - 7Range - Only the packets passing through the port range defined here will be filtered.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv4 - 8
Any ICMP TypeAny ICMP Type - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Echo Reply, Destination Unreachable.... - Choose one of the type (e.g., Destination Unreachable, Echo Reply, MLD Query....) from the drop down list.Self-Define - Specify a type number (0 - 255) for ICMP code. For example, 0 means “Echo Reply”; 254 means “RFC3692-style Experiment 2”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv4 - 9
Any ICMP Codeach ICMP type can be defined with different codes. For example, if you define ICMP Type as “3”, then the available codes for Type 3 will be 0-15.Any ICMP Code - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Select Any ICMP Code. Or, enter 0 to 255 based on the ICMP type specified.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv4 - 10
+Add Rule Click it to create a new ACE rule.Each ACL profile can be added with 8 ACE rules.

List Type - IPv6

To create a new access control list, click the +Add Access Control List link to open the setting page.

Security / Access Control List Access Control List Apply to Port Access Control List Add Access Control List Access Control List List Name List Type IPV6 Rules Sequence (1-2117002047) Action Named Daily Unknown Any protocol Any Source IP Any Destination IP Any Service Any Source part Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Access Control List
List Name Enter a name for creating a new ACL profile.
List Type Specify the filtering type (IPv6).
Rules
SequenceAssign a sequence number to this ACE. The sequence is used to identify which one of ACEs in an ACL is firstly used to match ingress packets. The switch port bound with an ACL use the contained ACE rules, start with the one with lower sequence number to match the packet first.
ActionSelect the action applied to the packet matched this ACE. Permit or deny the packets into switch core, or shutdown the port for stopping further transmission.PermitDenyShutdown
Any Protocol Specify the protocol for filtering.Any Protocol - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Self-Define - Enter a number (0 - 255) to specify a protocol. For example, 1 means “Internet Control Message”; 6 means “Transmission Control”.ICMP, IP in IP,... - Choose one of the protocol (e.g., ICMP, TCP, EGP...) from the drop down list. Packets passing through the selected protocol will be filtered.
Any Source IP Specify the source IPv6 address for filtering.Any Source IP - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Select Any Source IP. Or, enter the IP address to filter the packets coming from that address.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv6 - 2
Any Destination IP Specify the destination IPv6 address for filtering.Any Destination IP - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Select Any Destination IP. Or, enter the IP address to filter the packets coming from that address.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv6 - 3
Any Service Any Service - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.DSCP - All IP traffic is mapped to queues based on the DSCP field in the IP header. If traffic is not IP traffic, it is mapped to the lowest priority queue.IP Precedence - All IP traffic is mapped to queues based on the IP Precedence field in the IP header. If traffic is not IP traffic, it is mapped to the lowest priority queue.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv6 - 4
Any Source Port Specify the source port number for filtering the packets.Any Source Port - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Select Any Source Port. Or, enter the port number.Single - Only the packets passing through the number defined here will be filtered.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv6 - 5Range - Only the packets passing through the port range defined here will be filtered.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv6 - 6
Any Destination Port Specify the destination port number for filtering the packets.Any Destination Port - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Select Any Destination Port. Or, enter the port number.Single - Only the packets passing through the number defined here will be filtered.
Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv6 - 7Range - Only the packets passing through the port range defined here will be filtered.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv6 - 8
Any ICMP TypeAny ICMP Type - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Echo Reply, Destination Unreachable.... - Choose one of the type (e.g., Destination Unreachable, Echo Reply, MLD Query....) from the drop down list.Self-Define - Specify a type number (0 - 255) for ICMP code. For example, 0 means “Echo Reply”; 254 means “RFC3692-style Experiment 2”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv6 - 9
Any ICMP Codeach ICMP type can be defined with different codes. For example, if you define ICMP Type as “3”, then the available codes for Type 3 will be 0-15.Any ICMP Code - Default setting. All packets will be filtered.Select Any ICMP Code. Or, enter 0 to 255 based on the ICMP type specified.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - List Type - IPv6 - 10
+Add Rule Click it to create a new ACE rule.Each ACL profile can be added with 8 ACE rules.

III-1-2 Apply to Port

It allows you to bind Access Control Lists created in previous section to an interface (physical port or aggregation).

A physical port can only be bound with one of the IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs, not both.

Security / Access Control List Access Control List Apply to Port Apply to Port Port MAC Access Control List IPv4 Access Control List IPv8 Access Control List Option GE1 None None None ✓ GE2 None None None ✓ GE3 None None None ✓ GE4 None None None ✓ GE5 None None None ✓ GE6 None None None ✓ GE7 None None None ✓ GE8 None None None ✓ GE9 None None None ✓ GE10 None None None ✓ GE11 None None None ✓ GE12 None None None ✓ GE13 None None None ✓ GE14 None None None ✓ GE15 None None None ✓ GE16 None None None ✓ GE17 None None None ✓ GE18 None None None ✓

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Port Select the port profiles (GE1 to GE28) for binding ACL.
MAC Access Control ListDisplays the ACL (MAC) to be bound on this interface (port), so the switch may filter packets by using it.
IPv4 Access Control ListDisplays the ACL (IPv4) to be bound on this interface (port), so the switch may filter packets by using it.
IPv6 Access Control ListDisplays the ACL (IPv6) to be bound on this interface (port), so the switch may filter packets by using it.
Option[40]7- Click it to modify the port setting.[000c]- Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.

To modify settings for a port, click the link to open the setting page.

Security / Access Control List Access Control List Apply to Port Apply to Port Port MAC Access Control List IPv4 Access Control List IPv6 Access Control List Option GE1 None None None ✓ ✓ GE2 None None None ✓ ✓ GE3 None None None ✓ ✓

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
MAC Access Control ListSelect an ACL (MAC) to be bound on this interface (port).
IPv4 Access Control ListSelect an ACL (IPv4) to be bound on this interface (port).
IPv6 Access Control ListSelect an ACL (IPv6) to be bound on this interface (port).

By using the source IP address filtering function, IP source guard can prevent a malicious host from feigning a legal host with its IP address and performing malicious attack.

IP source guard is a port-based feature. Therefore, it is necessary to configure detailed settings for each GE/LAG port interface separately.

Security / IP Source Guard IP Source Guard Port Enabled Source Verification Max. Entry Current Entry Option GE1 GE2 GE3 GE4 GE5 GE6 GE7 GE8 GE9 GE10 GE11 GE12 GE13 GE14 GE15 GE16 GE17 GE18 GE19 GE20 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 0 Unlimited 1

Available parameters are explained as follows:

Item Description
PortDisplays the port profile (GE1 to GE28). Check the box to the left side to select the port profile.
Enabled Click the toggle to enable / disable this profile.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-1-2 Apply to Port - 4 - means “Enable”.
Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-1-2 Apply to Port - 5 - means “Disable”.
Source Verification Displays the type of source IP for the packet coming from.
Max. EntryDisplays the total number (0~50) of accessible entries allowed for this port.
Current Entry Displays the number of accessible entries of this port.
Option[2269] - Click it to modify the IP Source Guard setting of the selected port.
Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-1-2 Apply to Port - 6 - Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-1-2 Apply to Port - 7

link to open the setting page.

Security / IP Source Guard IP Source Guard Recontrol Cancel Port Enlisted sourced Verification Max. Entry Current Entry Option GE1 IP Unlimited 0 GE2 IP Unlimited 0 GE3 IP Unlimited 0 GE4 IP Unlimited 0 GE5 IP Unlimited 0 GE6 IP Unlimited 0 GE7 IP Unlimited 0 GE8 IP Unlimited 0 GE9 IP Unlimited 0 GE10 IP Unlimited 0 GE11 IP Unlimited 0 GE12 IP Unlimited 0 GE13 IP Unlimited 0 GE14 IP Unlimited 0 GE15 IP Unlimited 0 GE16 IP Unlimited 0 GE17 IP Unlimited 0 GE18 IP Unlimited 0 IP Source Guard Port GE1 Enabled Source Verification P P & MAC Max Entry (default 0 (unlimited) 0 Accessible Entries IP IP & MAC + Add Entry Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
IP Source Guard
PortDisplays the port profile (GE1 to GE28).
EnableClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-1-2 Apply to Port - 9 - means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
Source VerificationSpecify the type of source IP for the packet coming from.IP - Only the packet with specified IP address will be verified.IP & MAC - Only the packet with specified IP address and MAC address will be verified.
Max. EntryDefine the total number (0~50) of accessible entries allowed for this port. The default is 0 (no limit).
Accessible EntriesDefine the entry for applying the IP source guard function.IP - Select this type to enter an IPv4 address and set a VLAN ID.IP & MAC - Select this type to enter an IP address, MAC address and IPv4 address.+Add Entry - Click to display blank entry boxes for configuring a new IP address, MAC address, and VLAN ID.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

Storm Control helps to suppress possible broadcast, unknown multicast or unknown unicast storm by applying a rate limit on those packets.

This page allows a user to configure general settings for Storm Control. In addition, it is used to configure port settings for Storm Control. The configuration result for each port will be displayed on the table listed on the lower side of this web page.

Security / Storm Control Storm Control Start Console Mode Options Predecess & Store Frame Drop Enabled Enabled Port Disabled Broadcast Unknown Multicast Unknown Unicast Action Option GE1 Disabled Disabled Disaster Drop GE2 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE3 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE4 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE5 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE6 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE7 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE8 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE9 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE10 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE11 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE12 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE13 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE14 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE15 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop GE16 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Storm Control ModeSelect the mode of storm control.Kbits/sec - Storm control rate will be calculated by octet-based.Packet/sec - Storm control rate will be calculated by packet-based.
Preamble & Inter Frame GapSelect the rate calculation with/without preamble & IFG (20 bytes).Excluded - Exclude preamble & IFG (20 bytes) when count ingress storm control rate.Included - Include preamble & IFG (20 bytes) when count ingress storm control rate.
Port Enable/disable the port (GE1 to GE28) profiles.
EnabledClick the toggle to enable / disable this profile.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-1-2 Apply to Port - 11 - means “Enable”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-1-2 Apply to Port - 12 - means “Disable”.
Broadcast Displays the storm control rate limited for broadcast.
Unknown Multicast Displays the storm control rate limited for unknown multicast.
Unknown Unicast Displays the storm control rate limited for unknown unicast.
Action Displays the action performed.
Click to modify the storm control settings of the selected port.

To modify settings for a port, click the

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-1-2 Apply to Port - 13

link to open the setting page.

Security / Storm Control Storm Control Storm Control Mode Keyboard Packets Presimple & Inter Frame Gap Enabled Included Edit Storm Control Port GE1 Stress Control Limiting Rate (%): 100000 Broadcast: 10000 Kbs Unknown Multicast: 10000 Kbs Unknown Unicast: 10000 Kbs Action Drop Shutdown Balance Edit Port Enabled Broadcast Unknown Multicast Unknown Unicast Action Option GE1 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE2 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE3 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE4 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE5 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE6 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE7 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE8 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE9 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE10 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE11 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE12 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE13 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ GE14 Disabled Disabled Disabled Drop ✓ Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Edit Storm Control
Port Display the port profile selected to be modified.
Storm ControlClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-1-2 Apply to Port - 15 - means “Enable”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-1-2 Apply to Port - 16 - means “Disable”.
Limiting RateBroadcast - Specify the storm control rate for Broadcast packet. Value of storm control rate, Unit: Kbps (Kbits per-second). The range is from 16 to 1000000.Unknown Multicast - Specify the storm control rate for unknown multicast packet. Value of storm control rate, Unit: Kbps (Kbits per-second). The range is from 16 to 1000000.Unknown Unicast - Specify the storm control rate for unknown multicast packet. Value of storm control rate, Unit: Kbps (Kbits per-second). The range is from 16 to 1000000.
ActionSelect the state of setting.Drop - Packets exceed storm control rate will be dropped.Shutdown - Port exceeds storm control rate will be shutdown.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

A Denial of Service (DoS) attack is a hacker attempt to make a device unavailable to its users. DoS attacks saturate the device with external communication requests, so that it cannot respond to legitimate traffic. These attacks usually lead to a device CPU overload.

The DoS protection feature is a set of predefined rules that protect the network from malicious attacks. The DoS Security Suite Setting enables activating the security suite.

III-4-1 Properties

This page allows a user to configure DoS setting to enable/disable DoS function for global setting.

Security / Occ Properties Put Setting Properties Drop secrets when meeting attack situations break Destination MAC = Source MAC LAND Attack UDP Flood Attack (UDP bit) TCP Flood Attack (TCP Bit) Ping of Death IPv6 Minimum Fragments (0 - 0.0000 bytes) 1240 User fragments IPv4 Ping Maximum Size IPv6 Ping Maximum Size Ping Maximum Size (0 - 0.0000 bytes) 512 Smart Attack (Minimum Length, 0 - 32) 0 TCP Minimum Header Size (0 - 31 bytes) 20 TCP-SYN (SPORT<1024) Null Scan Attack X-mas Scan Attack TCP-SYN-FIN Attack

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Destination MAC=Source MACDrops the packets if the destination MAC address is equal to the source MAC address.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.
LAND AttackDrops the packets if the source IP address is equal to the destination IP address.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.
UDP Flood Attack (UDP Blat)Drops the packets if the UDP source port equals to the UDP destination port.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.
TCP Flood Attack (TCP Blat)Drops the packages if the TCP source port is equal to the TCP destination port.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.
Ping to DeathAvoids ping of death attack. Ping packets that length are larger than 65535 bytes.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.
IPv6 Minimum FragmentsChecks the minimum size of IPv6 fragments, and drop the packets smaller than the minimum size. The valid range is from 0 to 65535 bytes, and default value is 1240 bytes.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.
ICMP Fragments Drops the fragmented ICMP packets.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.
IPv4 Ping Maximum SizeDetermines the IPv4 PING packet with the length.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.
IPv6 Ping Maximum SizeDetermines the IPv6 PING packet with the length.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.Ping Maximum Size - Determine the IPv4/IPv6 PING packet with the length. Specify the maximum size of the ICMPv4/ICMPv6 ping packets. The valid range is from 0 to 65535 bytes, and the default value is 512 bytes.
Smurf AttackAvoids smurf attack. The length range of the netmask is from 0 to 323 bytes, and default length is 0 byte.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.
TCP Minimum Header SizeChecks the minimum TCP header and drops the TCP packets with the header smaller than the minimum size. The length range is from 0 to 31 bytes, and default length is 20 bytes.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.
TCP-SYN (SPORT<1024)Drops SYN packets with sport less than 1024.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.
Null Scan Attack Drops the packets with NULL scan.
X-mas Scan AttackDrops the packets if the sequence number is zero, and the FIN, URG and PSH bits are set.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.
TCP SYN-FIN Attack Drops the packets with SYN and FIN bits set.
TCP SYN-RST Attack Drops the packets with SYN and RST bits set.
TCP Fragment (Offset=1)Drops the fragmented ICMP packets.Check/unchecked the box to enable/disable the function.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

III-4-2 Port Setting

This page allows a user to configure and display the state of DoS protection for interfaces. The configuration result for each port will be displayed on the table listed on the lower side of this web page.

Security / DoS Properties Port Setting Port Setting Enacted Enacted Port 10 Out Protection GE1 GE2 GE3 GE4 GE5 GE6 GE7 GE8 GE9 GE10 GE11 GE12 GE13 GE14 GE15 GE16 GE17 Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
PortDisplays the port profile (GE1 to GE28). Check the box to the left side to select the port profile.
DoS ProtectionClick the toggle to enable / disable the function of DoS Protection.- means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

III-5 IP Conflict Prevention

A user can configure IP addresses for network devices manually. However, it might result in conflict between different devices due to using the same IP address, and cause the devices not working correctly.

IP Conflict Prevention allows you to prevent IP conflict by binding the port with the specified IP address.

Prevention Level: Off
Security / IP Conflict Prevention IP Conflict Prevention Prevention Level Off Direct Only Direct & BlockID If a more secure environment is expected, set the prevention level to "Direct & Block" then VigeSwitch will not only defect the conflicts but block the illegal IP Protected Hosts Port IP MAC Address Host Type Conflicted By Option No data available in table Clear

Prevention Level: Detect & Block

Security | IP Conflict Prevention IP Conflict Prevention Prepiscible Level: Off Dehort Only Dehort & Basic Prevention Setup ID: Quick Start Wizard Public 0.5 Reset Port 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 28 (1/7/4) LAO Group With DHCP Server Multiple Host DHCP Server Static Binding DHCP Open Protected Hosts Port IP MAC Address Hoal Type Colicted By Option No data available in table Cancel Dase

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 3

Security / IP Conflict Prevention IP Conflict Prevention Prevention Level Off Detect Only Detect & Block? Prevention Setup: Quick Start Wizard Inf Max 20% Base PWR 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 18 21 23 25 27 28 29 LAG Group With DHCP Server Multiple Host DHCP Server Static Binding DHCP Client Protected Hosts Port IP MAC Address Host Type Conflicted By Option QES 152 168.11 14:49 BC 3A/SA BI Dynamic Binding Cancel Clear

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
IP Conflict Prevention
Prevention Level Off - The function of IP conflict prevention is disabled.
Prevention SetupQuick Setup Wizard - It is available only when Detect & Block is selected as Prevention Level. The system will guide to bind server port with an IP address step by step.Step 1: Choose a server port. Click Next.

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 5

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Define the DHCP Server port"] --> B["Please confirm the port type"]
    B --> C["Please confirm the protected hosts"]
    C --> D["Please set up prevention level"]

Step 2: Confirm the port type. Click Next.

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 6

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Define the DHCP Server port"] --> B["Please confirm the porttype"]
    B --> C["Please confirm the portlevel Inst20"]
    C --> D["Please set up generation level"]
    D --> E["Final Port 1-2"]
    E --> F["LAG Group: Yellow LAG Group"]
    E --> G["With DHCP Server: White with green icons"]
    E --> H["Multiple Host: Green icons"]
    E --> I["DHCP Server: Blue icons"]
    E --> J["Static Binding: Green icons"]
    E --> K["DHCP Client: Green icons"]
    style A fill:#99ccff,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ffcccc,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#ffcccc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#ffcccc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ffcccc,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffcccc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#ffcccc,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#ffcccc,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#ffcccc,stroke:#333
    style J fill:#ffcccc,stroke:#333
    style K fill:#ffcccc,stroke:#333

Step 3: Wait for the network detection.
Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 7

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Smiling Circle"] --> B["Smiling Circle"]
    B --> C["..."]
    C --> D["End"]

Step 4: Confirm / modify the protected host. Click Next.

Define the DHCP Server port Please confirm the port type Please confirm the protected hosts Please set up prevention level 1 Port GE3 IPAddress 192.168.1.1 Is your PC in the protected list? If no, then add it to protection (if yes, then skip): PC is connected to port GE1 Host Type DHCP Static IP Address Leave empty to skip this step Next

Step 5: Set up the prevention level. Click Next.
Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 9

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Define the DHCP Server port"] --> B["Please confirm the port type"]
    B --> C["Please confirm the protected hosts"]
    C --> D["Please set up prevention level"]
    D --> E["Detect Only"]
    E --> F["Detect & Block"]

After clicking OK, the IP address specified for the GE port will be unavailable for other network devices.
Security / IP Conful Prevention IP Conful Prevention Transmission Line On Switch Group Panel 1 (Block) Reverse sub Aggregation Port Number 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 1000 Protected Hosts: Port 1 Port 2 MSC Address Host Type Coordinated By Options GOS 16,768.1 14,498,24,34,528 Cyramar Binding CACA Clear

Permit Link AggregationIt appears after running the quick start wizard for IP conflict prevention. The devices connected to the LAG ports will not be blocked due to using the same IP.

Protected Host

PortDisplays the LAN port number (GE1 to GE28, LAG1 to LAG8) of the DHCP server.
IP Displays the IP address of the DHCP server.
MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the DHCP server.
Host TypeDisplays the result of host type (e.g., Dynamic Binding) of the DHCP server.
Conflicted By Displays the object conflicting with the host.
Option- Click to modify the settings of the selected port.- Click it to remove the selected entry.
Clear Click it to remove all entries.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

To modify settings for a host, click the link of each port to open the setting page.

Security / IP Conflict Prevention IP Conflict Prevention Prevention Level OFF Detect Only Detect & Block Record Link Aggregation() Port Size 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 29 Host Port 1 3 5 7 8 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 LAG Group With DHCP Server Multiple Host DHCP Server StaticBinding DHCP Client Protected Hosts Port IP MAC Address Host Type Conflicted By Option CEL 192.168.1.1 14:49 BC 02:37:08 Dynamic Binding CE10 192.168.1.14 00:50.7F F1:91.BC Static Binding Cancel Clear OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Edit Port
PortDisplays the LAN port number (GE1 to GE28, LAG1 to LAG8) of the selected host.
Port TypeSpecify the port type for the selected host.DHCP ClientStatic BindingMultiple HostDHCP Server
IP Address(es) Enter the IP address based on the port type.
There's a DHCP Server in this portYes- If there is a DHCP server in this port already, click Yes.No- If there is no DHCP server in this port already, click No.

Loop event might be caused due to wrong hardware connection. VigorSwitch will periodically send packets out to check if they loopback or not. This page allows you to set conditions and perform an action when VigorSwitch detects the looped packet.

Security / Loop Protection Loop Protection Enabled When loop occurred, Log Shutdown Port after 1 second 2 seconds 3 seconds Port Status Action option 061 Follow Global Setting 062 Follow Global Setting 063 Follow Global Setting 064 Follow Global Setting 065 Follow Global Setting 066 Follow Global Setting 067 Follow Global Setting 068 Follow Global Setting 069 Follow Global Setting 0610 Follow Global Setting 0611 Follow Global Setting 0612 Follow Global Setting 0613 Follow Global Setting 0614 Follow Global Setting 0615 Follow Global Setting Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Loop Protection
EnableEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function. VigorSwitch will detect the loop event of the GE port automatically.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 13 - means “Enable”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 14 - means “Disable”.
When loop occurred..Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 15 he switch detects loop situation occurred to a port; it will perform on selected in this field.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 16 he switch will record such event as a log.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 17own Port - The switch will shut down the port.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 18 second/2 seconds/3 seconds - Determine the time to record and / or shutdown the port.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 19 tings configured here will be treated as global setting for all GEDraytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 20
PortDraytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 21 s the port number (GE1 to GE28). Check the box to the left to the selected port.
StatusDraytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 22 / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.
Action Display the specifieDraytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 23 n for the selected port.
Option[XXYC]

To modify settings for a port, click the

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 24

link to open the setting page.

Security / Loop Protection Loop Protection Enabling When loop occurred, Log Shutdown Port: after 1 second 2 seconds 3 seconds Port Setting Port GE1 GE2 GE3 GE4 GE5 GE6 GE7 GE8 GE9 GE10 GE11 GE12 GE13 GE14 GE15 Options Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Setting Follow Global Settings Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Port Displays the port number (GE1 to GE28).
EnableEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function. VigorSwitch will detect the loop event of the GE port automatically.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - III-5 IP Conflict Prevention - 26 - means “Enable”.○- means “Disable”.
ActionFollow Global Setting - Adopts the settings configured for When loop occurred.Log - The switch will record such event as a log.Shutdown Port - The switch will shut down the port.Shutdown Port and Log - The switch will shut down the port and record the event as a log. The system administrator will view the content from system log.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

This page is used for configuring settings to recover the port which is being blocked by the following functions after a defined period of time.

Security / Port Recovery Port Recovery Recover the port(s) after 200 seconds Automatically recover the port(s) if blocked by encountering these situations: BPSU Guard Self Loop Broadcast Flood Unknown Multicast Flood Un Kuwait Flood Accuracy Control List Port Security DHCP Rate Limit ARF Rate Limit Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Port Recovery
Recover the port(s) afterThe port being blocked will be able to receive and send traffic after the time period configured here.
Check the box to block the port(s) if encountering the situations listed below.
BPDU Guard Checked -Recover the port being blocked by BPDU Guard after the time set in Recovery Interval.
Self LoopChecked - Recover the port being blocked by self loop Guard after the time set in Recovery Interval.
Broadcast FloodChecked - Recover the port being blocked by broadcast flood after the time set in Recovery Interval.
Unknown Multicast FloodChecked - Recover the port being blocked by unknown multicast flood after the time set in Recovery Interval.
Unicast FloodChecked - Recover the port being blocked by unicast flood after the time set in Recovery Interval.
Access Control ListChecked - Recover the port being blocked by ACL after the time set in Recovery Interval.
Port SecurityChecked - Recover the port being blocked by port security after the time set in Recovery Interval.
DHCP Rate LimitChecked - Recover the port being blocked by DHCP rate limit after the time set in Recovery Interval.
ARP Rate LimitChecked - Recover the port being blocked by ARP rate limit after the time set in Recovery Interval.

This page is left blank.

Chapter IV Utilities

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Chapter IV Utilities - 1

natural_image Abstract geometric composition with four gray squares and one red diamond (no text or symbols)

After finished copper test, the results will be shown on the lower side of this web page.

This page is used to configure device check of PoE PD devices. It can be applied to PoE PD devices connected directly, check ping echo status, and forcefully reboot the device when meeting the preset health condition.

Utilities / Device Check Device Check Port Checking Status Ring IP Address Interval Time (sec.) Binary Time Failure Action Mail Asset Reset GE1 000.0 15- 1 Nothing- GE2 000.0 15- 1 Nothing- GE3 000.0 15- 1 Nothing- GE4 000.0 15- 1 Nothing- GE5 000.0 15- 1 Nothing- GE6 000.0 15- 1 Nothing- GE7 000.0 15- 1 Nothing- GE8 000.0 15- 1 Nothing- GE9 000.0 15- 1 Nothing- GE10 000.0 15- 1 Nothing- GE11 000.0 15- 1 Nothing- GE12 000.0 15- 1 Nothing- GE13 000.0 15- 1 Nothing-

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Port Display the port number (GE1 to GE28).
Check the box to the left to enable the port settings.
Checking StatusEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Chapter IV Utilities - 3 - means “Enable”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Chapter IV Utilities - 4 - means “Disable”.
Ping IP AddressEnter the IP address of the PoE device for check.
Interval Time(sec.)The ping check will be performed every 15, 30, 60 or 120 seconds for the selected port (PoE device).
Retry TimeThe system will perform the ping check the selected port (PoE device) for 1, 3 or 5 times.
Failure ActionSpecify the action performed for PoE device when there is no number of retry time of echo from given IP address.Power Cycle - Force reboot the device by cycling the power given to the PoE device.Power Off - The PoE device will be powered off.Nothing - Log this event only, no action is taken on PoE device.
Mail AlertEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.
ResetClear current settings and return to factory default settings.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

IV-2 Cable Diagnostics

After finished copper test, the results will be shown on the lower side of this web page.

Utilities / Cable Diagnostics Copper Test Port Max 370 Port 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 [26] [28] [25] [26] Port Reset Port 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 Run Init Cancel Result Port Link Speed Status No data available in table

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Cooper Test
Run Test Perform the copper test action.
Result
PortDisplays the port number that has been performed with cable diagnostics.
Link Speed Displays the link speed of the port(s).
Status Displays the connection status of the port(s).

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

This page is used for configuring the ping test and perform the ping test.

Dashboard Configuration Security Utilities Device Check Case Diagnosis Ping Test Monitoring System Maintenance Support Utilities / Ping Test Fog Test Protocol Ping Host (P Address or Instrange) Ping Time (1 - 5) Interval (1 - max) Blue Test

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Ping Test
ProtocolChoose IPv4/IPv6 to specify IP address for sending ping to check if network path is ok.
Ping HostEnter the IP address of SNMP server based on the protocol selected above.
Ping TimeIt means how many times to send ping request packet.Enter a number between 1 and 5 as the count and the default configuration is 4.
Interval Defines the interval to perform ping action. For example, “1” means the ping action will be performed per second.
Run Test Perform ping action.

This feature is available for VigorSwitch P1281x only.

To get general information about the SFP vendor, select Utilities>>SFP Vendor Info.

Utilities / SFP Vendor Info SFP Vendor Info SFP Ports Select Here Result Store Assets Port Vendor OUI Vendor Name Vendor PN Vendor Rev Vendor Sn Date Code No data available in table

Chapter V Monitoring

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Chapter V Monitoring - 1

natural_image Simple icon of a computer monitor displaying a red EKG line (no text or symbols)

V-1-1 System Log Information

This page allows the user to set filtering conditions and displays the filtering result.

Monitoring / Log Center System Log Information System Log Settings System LogInformation Filter Clear As Refresh Time Log Type Log Level Log Category Content 1 Apr 13 07:52:42 RAM notice VLAN VLAN ID name is changed to VLAN ID 2 Apr 13 07:52:41 RAM notice VLAN VLAN ID is added, default name is VLAN010 3 Apr 13 06:26:26 RAM notice AAA Success/U logm through Web (Username admin).JP 192.168.110 4 Apr 11 12:01:02 RAM notice Part SystemExterm in IP list up 5 Apr 11 13:00:59 RAM notice System System restarted - Cold Start 6 Apr 11 12:00:59 RAM notice System Logging is enabled Showing 1 top of 6 entries SHOW 12 entries

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description

Filter Click to set the conditions for filtering.

System Log Information System Log Settings System Log Information Filter Type Past 1 hr Past 1 Day Past 1 Week From 年/月/日 --- > To: 年/月/日 --- > Log Type RAM Flash Log Level 8 Selected Log Category 29 Selected 5 Oct 15 2021 17:50:45 RAM no No No No No 5 Oct 15 2021 17:50:45 6 Shoing 1 to 5 of 5 entries

Type - Specify the time (Past 1 Hour, Past 1 Day, Past 1 Week) for filtering.

Log Type - Select RAM (explore the logs contained in volatile memory (also known as RAM) or Flash (explore the logs contained in non-volatile memory).

Log Level - Select severity (emerg, alert, crit, error, warning, notice, info and debug) of log messages which you wish to filter out for review.

Log Category - Select the categories (related features) of logs you wish to review.

Clear All Clear it to remove all logs displayed in this page.

Refresh Click it to refresh the log.

Time Displays the filtering time type.
Log Type Displays the log type (RAM or Flash).
Log Level Displays the severity of the log.
Log Category Displays the category of the log.
Content Displays the brief explanation of the log.

V-1-2 System Log Settings

This page allows users to enable system logging into local Syslog and specific remote Syslog server for storage.

V-1-2-1 Local

Monitoring / Log Center System Log Information System Log Settings System Log Settings System Log System Log Mail Syslog_Mai_Server Syslog_Mai_Server Where to Log Local Remarks Log In Enabled Log Level RAM All Emergency Alert Critical Error Warning Notice Informational Debug Flash All Emergency Alert Critical Enter Warning Notice Informational Debug

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
System Log Settings
System LogEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - V-1-2-1 Local - 2 - means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
System Log MailEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Syslog Mail Server - It is available when the System Log Mail is enabled. Click to configure Syslog Mail Server.
Where to Log
Local Log in - Displays the log type.Enable - Select the box to enable the log type (RAM/Flash).Log Level - Select the box(es) to select the severity of the log.

To modify settings for the Syslog Mail Server, click the link to open the setting page.

Monitoring / Log Center System Log Information System Log Settings System Log Settings System Log System Log Mail Syslog Mail Server Syslog_Mail_Server Where to Log Local Remote Log In Enabled Log Level RAM All Emergency Alert Critical Error Warning Notice Informational Debug Flash All Emergency Alert Critical Error Warning Notice Informational Debug Syslog Mail Server Description Syslog_Mail_Server Server Status SMTP Server 12.3.4 or smtp.example.com SMTP Port 25 Authentication Encryption Sender warden@example.com Receiver (Max. 265 characters) sendnet@dtx.com/received2 Mail Notification Notification Log Log Type Select Here Send Test Mail Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Syslog Mail Server
Description Displays the name of the Syslog Mail Server.
Server StatusEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable the Syslog Mail Server settings.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - V-1-2-1 Local - 4 - means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
SMTP Server Enter IP address or URL of the SMTP server.
SMTP Port Enter the port number for the SMTP server.
AuthenticationEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable the authentication mechanism.Usage - Enter a user name for authentication.Password - Enter a password for authentication.
EncryptionEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function. After enabling Authentication, choose one of the encryption servers for data encryption.STARTTLS - The mail will be encrypted with StartTLS.SSL/TLS - The mail will be encrypted with StartTLS.
SenderEnter the email address which will send the syslog mail out.
ReceiverEnter the email address which will receive the syslog mail.
Mail Notification
Log TypeVigor system will send the e-mail related to the selected feature(e.g., AAA, ACL) to the recipient.
Send Test MailAfter clicking this button, VigorSwitch system will send a test mail to the recipient.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

V-1-2-2 Remote

This page allows users to enable system logging into a specific remote Syslog server for storage.

Monitoring / Log Center System Log Information System Log Settings System Log Settings System Log System Log Mask Syslog_Malt_Server Where to Log Local Remote Add Server Server IP: Port Log Level Facility Option No data available in Table

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
System Log Settings
System LogEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - V-1-2-2 Remote - 2 - means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
System Log MailEnable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Syslog Mail Server - It is available when the System Log Mail is enabled. Click to configure Syslog Mail Server.
Where to Log
+Add Server Click to create a new remote server.
Log In Displays the index number of the remote server.
Server IP: Port Displays the IP address and port number used by the server.
Log Level Displays the severity of the system log.
Facility Displays the facility of the remote Syslog server.

To add a remote server, click the "+Add Server" to open the edit page.

Monitoring / Log Center System Log Information System Log Settings System Log Settings System Log System Log Mail Syslog Mail Server Syslog_Mail_Server Where to Log Local Remote + Add Server • Server IP: Port Log Level Facility Option No data available in table Log Server Server IP Address Server Port (1 - 65535) 514 All Emergency Alert Critical Error Warning Notice Informational Debug Facility local0-~ Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Log Server
Server IP Address Enter IP address of the Syslog server.
Server Port Specify the port that syslog should be sent to.
Log LevelSelect severity (emerg, alert, crit, error, warning, notice, info and debug) of log messages which will be stored.
FacilityOne device supports multiple facilities (represented with facility ID, local0 to local7) of remote Syslog server. For each facility ID contains different Syslog server configuration, please choose a facility ID for this Syslog server.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

This page offers the traffic statistics including data information and data of interframe gap for each port (GE1 to GE28).

Monitoring / Bandwidth Utilization Bandwidth Utilization Auto Return 2 Sec Interframe Gap Link Rate 10/100M 100N Link Down GSE Link Rate=1000Mbps Tx: 0% Rx: 0%

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Auto Refresh Select the time interval for refreshing this page.
Interframe Gap The data of the interframe gap can be displayed or hidden by enabling/disabling for Interframe Gap.Enable / Disable - Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.- means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.

This page shows a list of CLI command executed. You can delete the selected CLI session by click the Remove button under the Edit item.

Monitoring / CLI Sessions Command-Line Interface Sessions Refresh PID Login Type User Host Option File data available in table

This page displays the current PoE status (configured in Properties, Device Check and Schedule) for each PoE port.

This feature is available for VigorSwitch PoE model (e.g., VigorSwitch P1282, VigorSwitch P1281x).

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - V-1-2-2 Remote - 6

pie PoE Status | Port | PoE Status | Power Device (PD) | PD Class | Priority | Power Used | Power Limit | Action | |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---| | GE1 | Enabled | None | - | Low | 3W | 30W (902.3AT) | PowerCycles | | GE2 | Enabled | None | - | Low | 3W | 30W (902.3AT) | PowerCycles | | GE3 | Enabled | None | - | Low | 3W | 30W (902.3AT) | PowerCycles | | GE4 | Enabled | None | - | Low | 3W | 30W (902.3AT) | PowerCycles | | GE5 | Enabled | None | - | Low | 3W | 30W (902.3AT) | PowerCycles | | GE6 | Enabled | None | - | Low | 3W | 30W (902.3AT) | PowerCycles | Source: https://www.doi.com/ Search:

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
PoE Status
Refresh Click it to refresh the status page.
PoE ModeDisplays the PoE Mode (Manual/Auto) selected for the LAN port.
Power Budget(W)Displays the maximum power this switch can supply over PoE.400W for VigorSwitch P1282140W for VigorSwitch P1281x
Consuming Power(W)Displays current power being consumed by all devices over PoE.
Remaining Power(W)Displays remaining power that can be supplied to additional devices over PoE.
PortDisplays the PoE port number (GE1 to GE28 for VigorSwitch P1282; GE1 to GE24 for VigorSwitch P1281x).
PoE Status Displays the status (Enabled / Disabled) of the PoE port.
Powered Device (PD)Displays the status (ON/None) of the PoE device.
PD ClassDisplays the power limit (15.4W/30W) of the PoE device.
Priority Displays the priority of the PoE port.
Power Used Displays the consuming power of the PoE port.
Power Limit Displays the total power for all PoE port.
ActionIf the PoE device connects to VigorSwitch, it will be available for you to manually perform the cold boot for the PoE device by cycling the power supply.

V-5-1 General Statistics

This page offers the statistics of LLDP packets of each port (GE1 to GE28 for VigorSwitch P/G1282; GE1 to GE24, 10GE1 to 10GE4 for VigorSwitch P1281x).

Monitoring / LLDP Status General Statistics LLDP Device LLDP Overloading General Statistics Insertions 0 Derivors 0 Drops 0 Age Outs 0 Port Total Rx Frames Total Rx Frames Discarded Rx Frames Error Rx Frames Discarded Rx TLVs Unrecognized Rx 1 Total Rx Age Outs GE1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE8 2791 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
General Statistics
Clear All Clear it to remove all logs displayed in this page.
Refresh Click it to refresh the status page.
Port Displays the port number (GE1 to GE28).

V-5-2 LLDP Device

This page displays information for LLDP local and remote devices.

V-5-2-1 Local

This page displays information for LLDP local device.

Monitoring / LLDP Status General Statistics LLDP Device LLDP Overloading LLDP Device Local Remote Device Summary Chassis IG Subtype MAC Address Chassis ID 14.49.BC 43.CD 19 System Name P1281 System Maintenance Capabilities Supported Bridge Capabilities Enabled Bridge Port ID Subtype Interface name Port Details Port | LLDP Status Port ID Port Description Management IPv/IPvE GE1 T+ & Rx g1 - GE2 T+ & Rx g2 - GE3 T+ & Rx g3 - GE4 T+ & Rx g4 - -

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Refresh Click it to refresh the status page.
Device SummaryDisplay a summary of the LLDP information for this switch.Chassis ID Subtype - Display the type of chassis ID, such as the MAC address.Chassis ID - Display Identifier of chassis. Where the chassis ID subtype is a MAC address, the MAC address of the switch is displayed.System Name - Display model name of switch.System Description - Display description of switch.Capabilities Supported - Display the primary functions of the device, such as Bridge, WLAN AP, or Router.Capabilities Enabled - Primary enabled functions of the device.Port ID Subtype - Display the type of the port identifier that is shown.
Port Details Display detailed information of the selected GE port.Click > to review the detailed information contained in TLVs sent out from each interface, containing MAC/PHY, 802.3, 802.3 Link Aggregation, 802.1 VLAN and Protocol for each LAN port (GE1 to GE28).

Marketing - L2P Status General Values L2P Status L2P Modeling LLP Device Capabilities Supported Bridge Capabilities Contact Bridge Port ID Subtype Interface name Port Details Port LLP Status Port ID Post Description Management (PwPPM) N/A TANAS P1 Global 802.3 Chassis ID Subtype MAC Address 802.3 Maximum Frame Size N/A Chassis ID 14.49 (BC-40 CC, PC) 802.3 Link Aggregation System Name P1262 Aggregation Capability N/A System Description Aggregation Status N/A Capabilities Supported Bridge Aggregation Port ID N/A Capabilities Enabled Bridge 802.1 VLAN & Protocol

V-5-2-2 Remote

This page is used to view the information sent from neighboring devices by LLDP protocol.

Monitoring / LLDP Status General Statistics LLDP Device LLDP Overloading LLDP Device Local Remote Refresh Port Chassis ID Subtype Chassis ID Port ID Subtype Port ID System Name Time to Live No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Show All entries

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Refresh Click it to refresh the status page.
Port Displays the number of the local port to which the neighbor is connected.
Chassis ID SubtypeDisplays the type of chassis ID (for example, MAC address).
Chassis IDDisplays the identifier of the 802 LAN neighboring device's chassis.
Port ID Subtype Displays the type of port identifier.
Port ID Displays the number of port identifier.
System Name Displays the name of the switch.
Time to LiveDisplays the time interval in seconds after which the information for remote device will be deleted.

V-5-3 LLDP Overloading

This page allows user to review current size, overall size of LLDP packet and whether it is to exceed maximum allowed size of single LLDP packet.

Monitoring / LLDP Status General Statistics LLDP Device LLDP Overloading LLDP Overloading Refresh Port Total Left to Send Status Mandatory 002.37LV/s Optional TLVs 962.1 TLVs GE1 68 1420 Not Overloading 21(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE2 68 1420 Not Overloading 21(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE3 68 1420 Not Overloading 21(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE4 68 1420 Not Overloading 21(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE5 68 1420 Not Overloading 21(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE6 68 1420 Not Overloading 21(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE7 68 1420 Not Overloading 21(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE8 68 1420 Not Overloading 21(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE9 68 1420 Not Overloading 21(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE10 69 1419 Not Overloading 22(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE11 69 1419 Not Overloading 22(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE12 69 1419 Not Overloading 22(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE13 69 1419 Not Overloading 22(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE14 69 1419 Not Overloading 22(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE15 69 1419 Not Overloading 22(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE16 69 1419 Not Overloading 22(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted) GE17 69 1419 Not Overloading 22(Transmitted) 11(Transmitted) 9(Transmitted) 8(Transmitted)

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Refresh Click it to refresh the status page.
PortDisplays the name of the port.
TotalDisplays the total number of bytes of LLDP information in each packet.
Left to SendDisplays the total number of available bytes left for additional LLDP information in each packet.
StatusDisplays if LLDP TLVs has overloaded the PDU maximum size or not.
MandatoryDisplays how many bytes used by mandatory TLVs.
802.3TLVsDisplays how many bytes used by 802.3 TLVs.
Optional TLVsDisplays how many bytes used by optional TLVs.
802.1 TLVsDisplays how many bytes used by 802.1 TLVs.

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) can be used to detect and disable network loops, and to provide backup links between switches, bridges, or routers.

This page allows users to edit the general setting of the STP CIST port and browser CIST port status.

Monitoring / STP Statistics STP Statistics Port Identifier Path Cost Designated Root Root Path Cost Designated Bridge Configure TCN Configure TCN (PhoneID) (ConfiguredOper...) GE1 128/1 0 / 20000 000.00.00.00.00.00 0 000.00.00.00.00.00 0 0 0 0 GE2 128/2 0 / 20000 000.00.00.00.00.00 0 000.00.00.00.00.00 0 0 0 0 GE3 128/3 0 / 20000 000.00.00.00.00.00 0 000.00.00.00.00.00 0 0 0 0 GE4 128/4 0 / 20000 000.00.00.00.00.00 0 000.00.00.00.00.00 0 0 0 0 GE5 128/5 Path Cost Configured/Operating) 128/6 128/7 128/8 128/9 128/11 128/12 128/13 128/14 128/15 128/16 128/17 GE6 GE7 GE8 GE9 GE10 GE11 GE12 GE13 GE14 GE15 GE16 GE17 GE18 Bandwidth Utilization CJI Sessions PSC Status LLDP Status STP Statistics Port Statistics System Maintenance Support SUPPORT

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Refresh Click it to refresh the status page.
Port Displays the interface number for GE and LAG.
Identifier Displays the spanning tree port identifier.
Path Cost Displays current path cost of given port.
Designated Root BridgeDisplays the identifier of designated root bridge.
Root Path CostDisplays the operational root path cost.
Designated BridgeDisplays the identifier of next bridge on this port.
Configure BPDUs RxDisplays the counts of the received CONFIG BPDU.
TCN BPDUs Rx.Displays the counts of the received TCN BPDU.
Configure BPDUs Tx.Displays the counts of the transmitted CONFIG BPDU.
TCN BPDUs TxDisplays the counts of the transmitted TCN BPDU.

This feature displays statistics (including port error statistics) for GE/LAG ports.

Monitoring / Port Statistics Port Statistics Port Error Statistics Port Statistics Clear As Refresh Port RxPackets RxOcters RxUnicast RxMulticast RxBroadcast RxPause TxPackers TxOcters TxPause GE1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GE6 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 GE7 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 GE8 810379 102720372 570929 8099 34251 0 835574 279779509 0 GE9 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 GE10 248339 95413756 248028 8 11 0 162657 25001815 0 GE11 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 GE12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 GE13 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 GE14 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 GE15 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 GE16 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 GE17 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Clear All Clear it to remove all logs displayed in this page.
Refresh Click it to refresh the status page.
Port Displays the port number.

This page is left blank.

Chapter VI System Maintenance

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Chapter VI System Maintenance - 1

natural_image Abstract graphic with a gear and stylized letter 'E' (no text or symbols)

VI-1-1 Device Info

This page displays general information (name, location and contact) for the VigorSwitch.

System Maintenance / General Device Info Time & Schedule Configuration Firmware Certificate Management Device Info Device Name: P1267 Location: Default Contact: Default

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Device Name Displays the name of this VigorSwitch.
Location Define the location of this VigorSwitch.
Contact Define the contact information of this VigorSwitch.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-1-2 Time & Schedule

This page allows users to configure maximum 15 schedule rules.

System Maintenance / General Device Info Time & Schedule Configuration Firmware Certificate Management Time Current System Time 2023-04-14 11:55:34 IONT+08.021 Time Name HTTP Manual NETP/NETP Server post misorg Server Port 123 Automatically Update Interer 30 secr Auto Detect Time Zone Daylight Saving Time Schedule Description Status Action Frequency Operation Status Option 1 Power Oh Once Inactive ✓ ✓ 2 Power Oh Once Inactive ✓ ✓ 3 Power Oh Once Inactive ✓ ✓ 4 Power Oh Once Inactive ✓ ✓ 5 Power Oh Once Inactive ✓ ✓

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Time
Current System TimeDisplay current system time based on the time server.
Time ModeSelectSNTPorManual.If SNTP is selected, configure:SNTP/NTPServer- Enter the web site of the time server or the IP address of the server.ServerPort- Enter the port number use by the time server.Automatically Update Interval- Set the interval (30 secs, 1 min, 3 mins, 5 mins, 10 mins and etc.) for the system to update the time automatically.If Manual is selected, configure:Manual Time- Specify static time (year, month, day, hours, minutes and seconds) manually.Auto Detect Time Zone- Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.- means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.Time Zone- Select a time zone for the switch if the Auto Detect Time Zone option is disabled.Daylight Saving Time- Click the toggle to enable / disable this function. If enabled, select the mode of daylight saving time.Recurring- Using recurring mode of daylight saving time.Non-Recurring- Using non-recurring mode of daylight saving time.USA-Using daylight saving time in the United States that starts on the second Sunday of March and ends on the first Sunday of November.European- Using daylight saving time in the Europe that startson the last Sunday.
when Recurring is selectedDaylight Saving Time Offset - Specify the adjust offset of daylight saving time.Recurring From - Specify the starting time of recurring daylight saving time.Recurring To - Specify the ending time of recurring daylight saving time.
when Non-Recurring is selectedDaylight Saving Time Offset - Specify the adjust offset of daylight saving time.Non-recurring From - Specify the starting time of non-recurring daylight saving time.Non-recurring To - Specify the ending time of recurring daylight saving time.

Schedule

+Add Click to add a new schedule (up to 15).
Delete - Click to remove a selected schedule profile.
DescriptionDisplays a short comment for the schedule profile.
StatusDisplays the status (enable / disable) the schedule profile.
Action Displays the action adopted by the schedule profile.
Frequency Displays how often the schedule will be applied.
Option- Click to modify the setting page of the selected schedule profile.- Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

To edit a schedule profile, click to open the edit page for the selected schedule profile.

System Maintenance / General Device Info Time & Schedule Configuration Firmware Certificate Management Time 50 Recurring From Jan. 1 Sun. 0 0 Month Week Date Hour Minute Recurring To Jan. 1 Sun. 0 0 Month Week Date Hour Minute Schedule Reset Description Status Action Frequency Operation Status Option 1 Power On Once Inactive 2 Power On Once Inactive 3 Power On Once Inactive 4 Power On Once Inactive 5 Power On Once Inactive 6 Power On Once Inactive 7 Power On Once Inactive 8 Power On Once Inactive Schedule Index Description Schedule Enabled Action Press On Power Off Start Date 2000/01/01 Start Time (Min, Min) Duration Time (H, Min) End Time 00:00 Frequency Once Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description

Schedule
Schedule Index Use the drop down list to choose one schedule profile.
Description Enter a brief comment for such schedule.
Schedule EnableClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.- means “Enable”. The selected schedule profile will take action as configured.- means “Disable”. The selected schedule profile will not take action but be saved for future use.
ActionThis feature is available for VigorSwitch PoE model.Specify which action should perform during the period of the schedule.Power On - PoE connection is always on.Power Off - PoE connection is always down.
Start DateSpecify the starting date of the schedule by choosing from a drop down calendar.
Start TimeSpecify the starting time of the schedule by using the drop down list to specify the starting hours and minutes.
Duration TimeSpecify the ending time of the schedule by using the drop down list to specify the ending hours and minutes.
End Time Displays the time period setting.
Frequency Specify how often the schedule will be applied.Once - The schedule will be applied just once.Weekdays Routine - Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule.Every - Check to select the days in a week.Monthly Routine - Specify the day in a month as the starting point.Duration Time - Use the drop down list to select the date in a month.Few Days Routine - The period of cycle duration is between 1 day and 31 days. For example, 7 means the whole cycle is 7 days; 20 means the whole cycle is 20 days. When the time is up, the PoE device will be turned on of off automatically.Every - Use the drop down list to select the date in a month.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings. A new schedule profile will be shown on the page.

VI-1-3 Configuration

Configuration Backup allows a user to backup the firmware image or configuration file on the switch to remote TFTP server or host file system through HTTP protocol.

Configuration Restore allows a user to upgrade the firmware image or configuration file on the switch to remote TFTP server or host file system through HTTP protocol.

System Maintenance / General Device Info Time & Schedule Configuration Firmware Certificate Management Configuration Backup Backup Method HTTP HTTP Backup Comfort Configuration Backup Configuration Restore Restore Method HTTP HTTP Select Configuration File Choose a file... Dashboard Configuration Security Utilities Monitoring System Maintenance Access Management LDDP value Mail Server System Reboot Support

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Configuration Backup
Backup Method Select Backup method.
HTTP - Use WEB browser to backup firmware.TFTP - Use TFTP to backup firmware.Server IP Address - Enter the IPv4/IPv6 address for the TFTP server.
Backup ContentBackup - Make a backup copy for the configurations for VigorSwitch.
Configuration Restore
Restore MethodSelect Restore method.HTTP - Use WEB browser to restore firmware.Select Configuration File - Choose the file which will be used to restore the configuration settings.TFTP - Use TFTP to restore firmware.Server IP Address - Enter the IPv4/IPv6 address for the TFTP server.File Name - Enter the firmware image or configuration file name on the TFTP server.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-1-4 Firmware

This page allows a user to upgrade the firmware image or configuration file on the switch to remote TFTP server or host file system through HTTP protocol.

System Maintenance / General Device Info Time & Schedule Configuration Firmware Certificate Management Firmware Current Firmware Version 2.837 Build on 2023-04-11:04 (9:34) Local Firmware Version 2.85 Download Directly Download Link https://www.nipdy.com/support/Innnt(firmware) Upgrade Method HTTP FTP Select Firmware File Choose a file...

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Firmware
Current Firmware VersionDisplay current used firmware.
Last Firmware VersionDisplay the latest firmware version.
Upgrade MethodSelect Upgrade method:HTTP - Use WEB browser to upgrade firmware.Select Firmware File - Choose the firmware file located in your computer.TFTP - Use TFTP to upgrade firmware.Server IP Address - Enter the IPv4/IPv6 address for the TFTP server.File Name - Enter the firmware image or configuration file name on the TFTP server.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-1-5 Certificate Management

The digital certificate is an electronic document issued by a certification authority (CA) to an entity to prove ownership of a public key. It contains identifying information including the issued-to party's name, serial number, expiration dates, etc., and the digital signature of the certificate-issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is actual.

VigorSwitch is capable of generating a new certificate as a CA server does. This page allows you to fill required information for developing a new certificate.

System Maintenance / General Device Info Time & Schedule Configuration Firmware Certificate Management Renew Certificate Country (C3) Asset: As 0 Texted Database or Province Name (S7) Asset: Sample ID: (Full name: May Length: 104) Location (L1) In.g. city: Max Length: 126 Organization (C3) In.g. company: May Length: 445 Organization Unit (UJ) In.g. company: Max Length: 521 Application Name (CJN) In.g. server: F2004 or F2008-name, Max Length: 941 Email (E) (Max Length: 126)

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Country(C)Enter the country code (e.g., TW) in which your organization is located.
State or Province Name(ST)Enter the state or province where your organization is located.
Location (L) Enter the city where you're your organization is located.
Organization (O) Enter the legal name of your organization.
Organization Unit (OU)Enter the department within your organization that you wish to be associated with this certificate.
Common Name (CN)Enter the fully-qualified domain name / WAN IP that will be used to reach your server.
Email (E) Enter the email address of the entry.
OK Click to generate a new certificate.

VI-2-1 LAN Access

The switch needs an IP address for it to be managed over the network. The factory default IP address is 192.168.1.224. The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address. The factory default subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.

Use the IP Address (IPv4/IPv6) screen to configure the switch IP address and the default gateway device. The gateway field specifies the IP address of the gateway (next hop) for outgoing traffic. In addition, this page allows the network administrator to change the VLAN ID of management access.

Management access protocols such as http, https, SNMP and etc., are only accessible from the VLAN specified as management VLAN.

System Maintenance / Access Management LAN Access TR.069 Open/PN Webhook Account & Password IP-4 Access IP Mode DHCP State IP Address HTTP 1.1.1 Subset Mask HTTP 2.0.0.0.0.0 Gateway HTTP 3.0.0.0.0.0 DNS Server1 HTTP 4.0.0.0.0.0 DNS Server2 HTTP 5.0.0.0.0.0 IP-6 Access Auto Configuration IP-6 Address / Link Local Address http://www.turc.com/ Gateway

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
IPv4 Access
IP Mode Select the mode of network connection.
DHCP - Use static IPv4 address.Static - Use DHCP provisioned IP address and Gateway if feasible.IP Address - Enter the IP address of your switch in dotted decimal notation for example 192.168.1.224. If static mode is enabled, enter IP address in this field.Subnet Mask - Enter the IP subnet mask of your switch in dotted decimal notation for example 255.255.255.0. If static mode is enabled, enter subnet mask in this field.Gateway - Enter the IP address of the gateway in dotted decimal notation. If static mode is enabled, enter gateway address in this field.DNS Server1/2 - Enter primary/ secondary DNS server address in this field.
IPv6 Access
Auto Configuration EnabledLet the switch automatically configure IPv6 address.Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.- means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.DHCPv6 Client - Enable this feature if there is a DHCPv6 server on your network for assigning IPv6 Address, instead of using Router Advertisement Cooperative -IPv6 Address - Enter the IPv6 address of your switch. If auto configuration mode is disabled, enter IPv6 address in this field.Gateway - Enter the IPv6 address of the router as your default IPv6 gateway to access IPv6 Internet or other IPv6 network.DNS Server1/2 - Enter primary/ secondary DNS server address in this field.
Management VLAN
Management VLAN Select the VLAN ID as management VLAN.
Protocol Access
HTTP Server, HTTPS Server, Telnet Server, SSH Server, Enforce HTTPS ServerSelect the protocol(s) for remote access.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-2-2 TR-069

This page allows a user to configure TR-069 settings for connecting to VigorACS 3.

System Maintenance / Access Management LAN Access TR-005 Open/PN Webhook Account & Password TR-005 Enable ACS Server ACS IP:Doman 128.963.13 Username Password: Test with Inform Last inform Response Time (NA) Show Advanced Mode Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Show/Hide Advanced ModeClick to display / hide the advanced mode settings.
TR-069 Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.- means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
Basic Mode - ACS Server
ACS IP/Domain Enter the IP address or domain name of the server.
UsernameEnter the username that you wan to link with the VigorACS (Auto Configuration Server).
PasswordEnter the password that you wan to link with the VigorACS (Auto Configuration Server).
Test with InformClick to send a message to test if this CPE is able to communicate with VigorACS server.
Advanced Mode - ACS Server
ProtocolChoose HTTP or HTTPS for connecting with VigorACS.
Port Enter a value that VigorACS can use to access to this switch.
ACS IP/Domain Enter the IP address or domain name of the server.
HandlerEnter the URL that you wan to link with the VigorACS (Auto Configuration Server).
UsernameEnter the username that you wan to link with the VigorACS (Auto Configuration Server).
PasswordEnter the password that you wan to link with the VigorACS (Auto Configuration Server).
Test with InformClick to send a message to test if this CPE is able to communicate with VigorACS server.
CPE Settings
CPE ClientChoose HTTP or HTTPS for connecting with VigorACS.
URL Display the URL of VigorSwitch
Port Enter a value that VigorACS can use to access to this switch.
Username Enter the username that VigorACS can use to access into this switch.
PasswordEnter the password that VigorACS can use to access into this switch.
TLS Version
TLS Minimum Protocol VersionDue to security consideration, the built-in HTTPS VPN server of the router had upgraded to TLS1.x protocol (TLS1.2/TLS1.3). Select one of the versions.
Periodic Inform
Enable Click the toggle to enable/disable the function.
Interval TimeSet the interval time for the switch to send notification to CPE.
STUN Settings
Enable Click the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-2-2 TR-069 - 2- means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
Server Address Enter the IP address of the STUN server.
Server portEnter the port number of the STUN server.
Minimum Keep Alive PeriodIf the STUN server is enabled, the switch must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway. Please type a number as the minimum period. The default setting is “60 seconds”.
Maximum Keep Alive PeriodIf the STUN server is enabled, the switch must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway. Please type a number as the maximum period. A value of “-1” indicates that no maximum period is specified.
Notification
Port Link Up/DownVigor system will check the health status of LAN ports including link up /down, speed change or PoE power disconnection.Select LAN port(s) to do the health check of port link.
Link Speed Change Select LAN port(s) to do the health check of speed change.
PoE Port Warning Select LAN port(s) to do the health check of PoE power.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-2-3 OpenVPN

Devices connecting to VigorSwitch can transmit data to remote end via OpenVPN to ensure the information security.

System Maintenance / Access Management LAN Access TR-069 OpenVPN Workcheck Account & Password OpenVPN Remote Management Select Configuration File Choose a file... Upload Current Configuration File Clear Bension Status Disabled Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Remote ManagementClick the toggle to enable / disable OpenVPN tunnel between VigorSwitch with the remote end.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-2-3 OpenVPN - 2 - means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
Select Configuration FileIt is available when remote management is enabled.As a VPN client, please import the OpenVPN config file coming from OpenVPN server.
Current Configuration FileClick to remove current configuration file.

Session Status

Display current OpenVPN status (Disabled, Connecting or Success).

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-2-4 Webhook

Without getting any request, VigorSwitch will send the data (if available) that a user concerned to the specified URL (provided by remote client) automatically.

System Maintenance / Access Management LAN Access TR-005 Open/PU Watchack Account & Password Wetshock Created URL http://www.drytek.com/Dx Request Period 1 Modul Keep my settings while reset default. Test POST /Drytek/example HTTP.1.1 Host: www.drytek.com User-Agent: VigorSwitch P1202, s448BC4CD19 Content-Type: application/json Content-length: 176 ["Device": {"AUDS": "L4:49-BC:49-CD:19", "type": "switch", "name": "P1203", "model": "VigorSwitch P1203", "manufacturer": "BrayTel", "CRM utilisation": 16, "Inventory": :" Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
EnableClick the toggle to enable / disable the webhook service. The data will be transmitted to the specified URL.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-2-4 Webhook - 2 - means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
URLSpecify the destination to receive the real-time data by entering the URL.Please get the URL from the client who wants to obtain the newest and available data automatically from the Vigor switch.
Repeat Period Set the transmission interval (unit is minute).
Keep my settings while reset defaultCheck the box to keep the webhook configuration when resetting VigorSwitch with default settings.
Test Vigor system will send a test report to the remote address.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-2-5 Account & Password

This page allows a user to add or delete local user on switch database for authentication.

System Maintenance / Access Management LAN Access TR-OSB Open/PN Network Account & Password Account & Password + Asset Account Amount Permission Option admin Administer Default LLDP SNVP Mail Server System Reboot Support

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
+Add Account Click to create a new account.
Account Displays the name of the account.
PermissionDisplays the privilege level (Admin or View Only) of the account.
Option- Click to modify the account settings.

To modify an existing account profile, click the link of of the one to be changed.

To add a schedule profile, click the "+ Add Account" to open the edit page.

System Maintenance / Access Management LAN Access TR-069 OpenVPN Webhook Account & Password Account & Password + Add Account Account Permission Option 1 admin Administer Add Account Account Permission Administrator View Only Password Confirm Password Password Strength Weak Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Add Account
Account Enter a username for new account.
Permission Administer - Allow to change switch settings.View Only - See switch settings only. Not allow to change it.
Password Enter a password for new account.
Confirm Password Enter the password again for confirmation.
Password StrengthDisplays the strength of the password, indicated by the words “weak”, “medium” or “strong”.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

LLDP is a one-way protocol; there are no request/response sequences. Information is advertised by stations implementing the transmit function, and is received and processed by stations implementing the receive function. The LLDP category contains LLDP and LLDP-MED pages.

VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting

This page allows a user to select specified port or all ports to configure LLDP state.

System Maintenance / LLDP LLDP Port Setting LLDP Statistics LLDP Port Setting Port State Optional TLVs VLAN Option GE1 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE2 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE3 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE4 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE5 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE6 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE7 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE8 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE9 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE10 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE11 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE12 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE13 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE14 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE15 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE16 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE17 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY GE18 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,BQ2.3 MAC PHY

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Port Displays the index number of GE ports (GE1 to GE28).
StatusDisplays the transmission of LLDP PDUs.
Optional TLVsDisplays the data communication protocols and optional information.
VLANDisplays the VLAN ID number.
Option- Click to modify the LLDP port settings of the selected port.- Clear current settings and return to factory default settings.

To modify the port settings for the selected port, click the link of of the one to be changed.

System Maintenance / LLDP LLDP Port Setting LLDP Statistics LLDP Port Setting Port State Optional TLVs VLAN Option GE1 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE2 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE3 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE4 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE5 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE6 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE7 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE8 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE9 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE10 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE11 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE12 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE13 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE14 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE15 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ GE16 Tx & Rx System Name,Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY - ✓ ✓ LLDP Port Setting Port GE1 LLDP Enabled Tx & Rx Tx Only Fox Only Optional TLVs 3 Selected VLAN Select Here Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Port Displays the index number of GE port.
LLDP EnableClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 3 - means “Enable”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 4 - means “Disable”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 5 : - Transmit and receive LLDP PDUs both.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 6y - Transmit LLDP PDUs only.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 7 y - Receive LLDP PDUs only.
Optional TLVsDraytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 8 data communication protocols, optional information may beDraytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 9 d as a type-length-value or TLV element inside a protocol. TLV is also known as tag-length value.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 10The type and length are fixed in size (typically 1-4 bytes), and the value held is of variable size.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 11 the LLDP optional TLVs to be carried (multiple selection is Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 12).Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 13 le items include System Name, Port Description, System Description, System Capability, 802.3 MAC-PHY, 802.3 Link Aggregation,Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 14 Maximum Frame Size, Management Address and 802.1 PVID.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 15Select the VLAN ID number to be performed (multiple selections are Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 16).
VLAN

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 17

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 18

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 19

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 20

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 21

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 22

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 23

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 24

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 25

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 26

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 27

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 28

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 29

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 30

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 31

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 32

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 33

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 34

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 35

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-3-1 LLDP Port Setting - 36

VLANOption
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Deserption,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802,3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY-○ ○
Port Description,802.3 MAC-PHY○ ○

LLDP Port Setting Port GE1 LLDP Enabled Tx & Po Tx Only Pc Only Optional TLVs 3 Selected VLAN Select Here

Cancel
OK

VI-3-2 LLDP Statistics

This page offers the statistics of LLDP packets (in, out and error) of each port (GE1 to GE28, or GE1 to GE24 and 10GE1 to 10GE4).

System Maintenance / LLDP LLDP Port Setting LLDP Statistics LLDP Statistics General Statistics LLDP Device LLDP Overloading Case All Network Insertions 0 Disadvisions 0 Drops 0 Age Outs 0 Port Total Tx Frames Total Rx Frames Discarded Rx Frames Error Rx Frames Discarded Rx TLVs Unrecognized Rx TLVs Total Rx Age Outs GE1 0 € 0 € 0 0 0 0 GE2 0 € 0 € 0 0 0 0 GE3 0 € 0 € 0 0 0 0 GE4 0 € 0 € 0 0 0 0 GE5 0 € 0 € 0 0 0 0 GE6 0 € 0 € 0 0 0 0 GE7 0 € 0 € 0 0 0 0 GE8 859€ € 0 € 0 € 0 0 GE9 0 € 0 € 0 0 0 0 GE10 859€ € 0 € 0 € 0 0 GE11 0 € 0 € 0 € 0 0

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Clear AllClear it to remove all logs displayed in this page.
Refresh Click it to refresh the log.
Port Displays the port number.

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is an "Internet-standard protocol for managing devices on IP networks". Devices that typically support SNMP include routers, switches, servers, workstations, printers, modem racks and more.

SNMP is used mostly in network management systems to monitor network-attached devices for conditions that warrant administrative attention.

SNMP is a component of the Internet Protocol Suite as defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF). It consists of a set of standards for network management, including an application layer protocol, a database schema, and a set of data objects.

An SNMP-managed network consists of three key components:

  • Managed device
    • Agent - software which runs on managed devices

• Network management station (NMS) - software which runs on the manager

A managed device is a network node that implements an SNMP interface that allows unidirectional (read-only) or bidirectional (read and write) access to node-specific information. Managed devices exchange node-specific information with the NMSs. Sometimes called network elements, the managed devices can be any type of device, including, but not limited to, routers, access servers, switches, bridges, hubs, IP telephones, IP video cameras, computer hosts, and printers.

An agent is a network-management software module that resides on a managed device. An agent has local knowledge of management information and translates that information to or from an SNMP-specific form.

A network management station (NMS) executes applications that monitor and control managed devices. NMSs provide the bulk of the processing and memory resources required for network management. One or more NMSs may exist on any managed network.

VI-4-1 View

This page allows the network administrator to create MIB views (Management information base) and then include or exclude OID (Object Identifier) in a view.

System Maintenance / SNMP* View Group Community User Engine ID Trust Notification View + Asst View View Name: Option > all

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description

+Add View Click it to add a new MIB view profile.

View Name Displays the name of the MIB view.

To add a schedule profile, click the "+ Add View" to open the edit page.

System Maintenance / SNMP View Group Community User Engine ID Tap Notification Add View View Subtree Add GD Subtree Add GD Subtree View Name Option All Add GD Subtree Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
View Name Enter a name of the MIB view.
OID SubtreeEnter an OID string to be included or excluded (based on the view type setting) from the MIB view.
TypeDetermine to include or exclude the selected MIBs.IncludeExclude
+Add OID Subtree Click it to add a new MIB view profile.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-4-2 Group

This page allows the network administrator to group SNMP users and assign different authorization and access privileges.

System Maintenance / SNMP View Group Community User Engine ID Trap Notification Group + Active Group Group Name Version Security Level Read View Write View Notify View Option NO data available in table

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
+Add GroupClick it to create a new group profile.
Group Name Displays the name for the group.
Version Displays the SNMP version adopted by the group.
Security Level Displays the SNMP security level for the group.
Read View Displays the read view profile.
Write View Displays the write view profile.
Notify View Displays the notify view profile.

To add a schedule profile, click the "+ Add Group" to open the edit page.

System Maintenance / SNMP View Group Community User Engine ID Trap Notification Group + Add Group Group Name Version Security Level Read View Write View Notify View No data available in table Add Group Group Name: SNMP Version Read View Select Read View Write View Notify View Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Add Group
Group Name Enter a name for the group.
SNMP Version Specify SNMP version (v1, v2 or v3).
Security LevelSpecify SNMP security level for the group. It is available when SNMPv3 is selected.No Security - No authentication.Authentication - Authentication without encryption will be performed for packets.Authentication and Privacy - Authentication with encryption will be performed for packets.
Read ViewClick the toggle to enable / disable this function. If it is enabled, users of this group have the right to read the selected MIB view.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-4-2 Group - 3 - means “Enable”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-4-2 Group - 4 - means “Disable”.
Select Read ViewUse the drop down list to select one of the views. The default is “all”, which means the group user can read all MIB views.
Write ViewClick the toggle to enable / disable this function. If it is enabled, users of this group have the right to write the selected MIB view.Select Write View - Use the drop down list to select one of the views. The default is “all”, which means the group user can write all MIB views.
Notify ViewClick the toggle to enable / disable this function. If it is enabled, users of this group have the right to send notifications for the selected MIB view.Select Notify View - Use the drop down list to select one of the views. The default is “all”, which means the group user have the right to send notification for all MIB views.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-4-3 Community

This page allows a user to add/remove multiple communities of SNMP.

System Maintenance / SNMP View Group Community User Engine ID Trip Notification Community +AddCommunity Community Name Type View Group Access Right Option public Basic all Road & Write Dashboard Configuration Security Utilities Monitoring System Maintenance General Access Management LLDP Mail Server System Reboot Support

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
+Add Community Click it to add a new community.
Community Name Displays the community name.
Group Displays the name of the group.
Access RightDisplays the accessing right (read, read and write) that this community has.
Option- Click to modify the settings of the community.- Remove the selected entry.

To modify an existing community profile, click the link of of the one to be changed.

To add a schedule profile, click the "+ Add Community" to open the edit page.

System Maintenance / SNMP View Group Community User Engine ID Trap Notification Community Add Community Community Name Type View Group Access Right Option 1 public Basic ail Read & Write Edit Community Community Name public Access Authorization Density/Via Group View Access Right Read Only Fread & Write Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Add Community
Community NameEnter a name as community name. The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Access AuthorizationDirectly - View and access right can be specified for this SNMP community profile.Via Group - Specify one of the SNMP groups for this SNMP community profile.
ViewSimply specify one of the view profiles from the drop down list.
GroupIt is available whenVia Groupis selected as access authorization.Specify a SNMP group to define the object available to the community.
Access RightDefine theaccess right of the community group.Read Only - It allows unidirectional access to node-specific information.Read & Write- It allows bidirectional access to node-specific information.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-4-4 User

This page allows a user to configure SNMP user profile(s).

System Maintenance / SNMP View Group Community User Engine ID Trap Notification User + Add User User Name Group Security Level Authentication Method Privacy Method Option No data available in table

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
+Add User Click it to add a new user profile.
User Name Displays the name of this user profile.
Group Displays the group name to which this user profile belongs.
Security LevelDisplays the security method used by this user profile.
Authentication MethodDisplays the authentication method used by this user profile.
Privacy MethodDisplays the privacy method used by this user profile.

To modify an existing user profile, click the link of ____ of the one to be changed.

To add a user profile, click the "+ Add User" to open the edit page.

System Maintenance / SNMP View Group Community User Engine ID Trap Notification User + Add User User Name Group Security Level Authentication Method Privacy Method No data available in table Add User User name Group user12345 Security Level Authentication_and_Privacy Authentication Method MOS SHA Authentication Password Privacy Method DES Privacy Password Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Add User
User Name Enter a name for creating new SNMP user.
GroupSelect one of the SNMP groups from the drop down list. Then, this user profile will be grouped under the selected SNMP group.
Security LevelDisplays the security level configured for the selected SNMP group.If the selected group is not a SNMPv3 group, nothing will be displayed in this field.
For SNMPv3 group only
Authentication MethodIt is available only when the Security Level is set with "Authentication", or "Authentication_and_Privacy".You can change the methods (None, MD5, SHA) for the selected SNMPv3 group. If no method is available for you to select, that means the selected SNMPv3 group is set with No Security.
Authentication PasswordIt is available only when the Security Level is set with "Authentication", or "Authentication_and_Privacy".Enter a string as the password for authentication.
Privacy MethodIt is available only when the Security Level is set with "Authentication_and_Privacy".You can change the methods (None, DES) for the selected SNMPv3 group. If no method is available for you to select, that means the selected SNMPv3 group is set with No privacy.
Privacy PasswordIt is available only when the Security Level is set with "Authentication_and_Privacy".Enter a string as the password for authentication.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-4-5 Engine ID

This page allows a user to configure and display SNMP local and remote engine ID.

System Maintenance / SNMP View Group Community User Engine ID Tap Notification Local User Defined EngineID $0006e0007440bc43cdf9 Remote + AntiServer Server Engine ID Option HCL data server/DC in local

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Local
User DefinedClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-4-5 Engine ID - 2 - means “Enable”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-4-5 Engine ID - 3 - means “Disable”.
Engine ID Displays the engine ID of the local server.The default Engine ID which is made up of MAC and Enterprise ID will be used instead.
Remote
+Add ServerClick it to create a new remote server profile.
Server Displays the hostname/IP address of the server.
Engine ID Displays the engine ID of the remote server.
Option- Click to modify the server setting.- Clear the selected entry.

To modify an existing server profile, click the link of of the one to be changed.

To add a remote server profile, click the "+ Add Server " to open the page.

System Maintenance / SNMP View Group Community User Engine ID Trap Notification Local User Defined Engine ID 80006a92031449bc43cdf9 Remote + Add Server Server Engine ID Option No data available in table Add Remote Server Server Type Hidplane IPv4 IPv6 Server Engine ID (10 - 64 hexadecimal characters) Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Add Remote Server
Server TypeSpecify the address type for entering hostname or IPv4/IPv6 address.HostnameIPv4IPv6
ServerEnter the IP address or the hostname of the remote SNMP server.
Engine ID Specify the engine ID for remote SNMP server.The engine ID ranges from 10 to 64 hexadecimal characters, and the hexadecimal number must be divided by “2”.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-4-6 Trap Notification

This page allows a user to add or delete the SNMP trap receiver IP address and community name. In addition, it allows a user to configure a host to receive SNMPv1/v2/ve notification.

System Maintenance / SNMP View Group Community User Engine ID Trap Identification Trap Event Notify SNMP manager when the events below happens: - Authentication Failure - Link Up/Down - Cold Start - Warm Start Notification + Add Server Server Server Port Version Notification Type Timeout Retry Community / User Security Level Option 1 195168.9754 163 SNMPv2 Trap - public No.Security Support

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Trap Event
AuthenticationFailure, Link Up/Down,Cold Start, WarmStartCheck the box to enable the function.Authentication Failure- VigorSwitch will reboot when encountering authentication failure (including community not match or user password not match).Link Up/Down- VigorSwitch will reboot while encountering port link up or down trap.Cold Start- VigorSwitch will reboot while encountering user trap.Warm Start- VigorSwitch will reboot while encountering power down trap.
Notification
+Add ServerClick it to create a new notification server profile.
Server Displays IPv4/IPv6/Hostname of the SNMP trap recipients.
Server PortDisplays the UDP port number for the recipient's server.
Version Displays the notification SNMP version.
Notification TypeDisplays the notification type (Trap or Inform).
Timeout Displays the number of SNMP informs timeout.
Retry Displays the number of SNMP informs retry count.
Community/User Displays the community profile.
Security LevelDisplays the security level for SNMP notification packet.
OptionClick to modify the setting page of the server profile.Remove the selected entry.

To modify an existing server profile, click the link of ____ of the one to be changed.

To add a user profile, click the "+ Add Server" to open the edit page.

System Maintenance / SNMP View Group Community User Engineer ID Trap Notification Trap Event Notify SNMP manager when the events below happen: Authentication Failure Link Up/Down Cold Start Warm Start Notification + Add Server Server Server Port Version Notification Type Timeout Retry Comm 1 195.168.97.54 183 SNMPv2 Trap public Add Notification Server Server Type Hidocame IPv4 IPv6 Server Address Server Port 182 SNMP Version v1 v2 v3 Community public- Notification Type Trap Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Add Notification Server
Server TypeChoose IPv4/IPv6/Hostname to specify IP address or the hostname of the SNMP trap recipients.HostnameIPv4IPv6
Server AddressSpecify SNMP notification version (SNMPv1/v2/v3).
Server Port Specify a port number for the server.
SNMP VersionSpecify SNMP notification version (SNMPv1/v2/v3).
CommunityUse the drop down list to choose one of the community profiles.
Notification Type Displays the notification type.To specify Notification Type, select v2 or v3 as SNMP Version.Trap -Send SNMP traps to the host.Inform - Send SNMP informs to the host. If it is used, Timeout and Retry also shall be defined.
TimeoutSpecify the SNMP informs timeout. It is available whenInformis selected asType.
RetrySpecify the SNMP informs retry count. It is available whenInformis selected as Type.
User It is available when v3 is selected as SNMP Version.
Security LevelIt is available when v3 is selected as SNMP Version.Specify SNMP security level for SNMP notification packet. It is available when SNMPv3 is selected.No Security- No authentication.Authentication- Authentication without encryption will be performed for packets.Authentication and Privacy- Authentication with encryption will be performed for packets.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

VI-5 Mail Server

This page allows a user to configure settings for VigorSwitch to send alert mail or Syslog mail when encountering certain situation.

System Maintenance / Mail Server Mail Server Description Enabled SMTP Server Mail Content Sender Receiver Option Alert Mail Server Systog Mail Server

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Mail Server
Description Displays the name of the mail server.
StatusClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - VI-5 Mail Server - 2 - means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
SMTP ServerDisplays the IP address / host of the SMTP server.
Mail ContentDisplays the condition(s) for VigorSwitch system to send a mail out.
SenderDisplays the email address sending the alert/syslog mail.
ReceiverDisplays the email address receiving the alert/syslog mail.
Option[0xHT]- Click to modify the setting page of the server profile.

Alert Mail Server

To modify the alert mail server profile, click the link of Alert Mail Server to be changed.

System Maintenance / Mail Server Mail Server Description Enabled SMTP Server Mail Content Sender Receiver Option Alert Mail Server Syslog Mail Server Alert Mail Server Description Alert_Mail_Server Enabled SMTP Server 12.3.4 or smtp.example.com SMTP Port (0 - 65/SSI) 25 Authentication Encryption STARTT.5 SEL/0.5 Sender sender@example.com Receiver (Max. 255 characters) satserver@spec.comirectional/ Mail Notification Notification Alert Alert Type Select Here Min. Alert Transmit Interval: 5 Send Test Mail Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Alert Mail Server
DescriptionDisplays the name (Alert or Syslog) of the mail server.
Server StatusClick the toggle to enable / disable the mail server.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Alert Mail Server - 2 - means “Enable”.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Alert Mail Server - 3 - means “Disable”.
SMTP ServerEnter IP address or URL of the SMTP server.
SMTP Port Enter the port number for the SMTP server.
AuthenticationClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.User Name - Enter a user name for authentication.Password - Enter a password for authentication.
EncryptionClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.After enabling Authentication, choose one of the encryption servers for data encryption.STARTTLS - The mail will be encrypted with StartTLS.SSL/TLS - The mail will be encrypted with SSL/TLS.
SenderEnter the email address which will send the alert mail out.
ReceiverEnter the email address which will receive the alert mail.
Mail Notification
Alert TypeSpecify the condition(s) for VigorSwitch system to send an alert out.Port Link StatusPort Link SpeedSystem RestartedPoE Warning StatusIP ConflictDevice CheckONVIF Throughput Threshold
Min. Alert Transmit IntervalSet a time interval for VigorSwitch system to send an alert out from the specified sender.
Send Test MailAfter clicking this button, VigorSwitch system will send a test mail to the recipient.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

Syslog Mail Server

To modify the Syslog mail server profile, click the link of of Syslog Mail Server to be changed.

System Maintenance / Mail Server Mail Server Description Enabled SMTP Server Mail Content Sender Receiver Option Alert Mail Server Syslog Mail Server Syslog Mail Server Description Syslog_Mail_Server Enabled SMTP Server 1.2.3 for smtp.example.com SMTP Port ID - 65539 25 Authentication Encryption STARTTLS 50/TL5 Sender senior@ssdolpine.com Receiver (Max. 255 characters) Recavel@sec.com/ncelver2 Mail Notification Notification Log Log Type Select Here Send Test Mail Cancel OK

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
Alert Mail Server
DescriptionDisplays the name (Alert or Syslog) of the mail server.
Server StatusClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Syslog Mail Server - 2 - means “Enable”.- means “Disable”.
SMTP ServerEnter IP address or URL of the SMTP server.
SMTP Port Enter the port number for the SMTP server.
AuthenticationClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.User Name - Enter a user name for authentication.Password - Enter a password for authentication.
EncryptionClick the toggle to enable / disable this function.After enabling Authentication, choose one of the encryption servers for data encryption.STARTTLS - The mail will be encrypted with StartTLS.SSL/TLS - The mail will be encrypted with SSL/TLS.
SenderEnter the email address which will send the syslog mail out.
ReceiverEnter the email address which will receive the syslog mail.
Mail Notification
Log TypeVigor system will send the e-mail related to the selected feature(e.g., AAA, ACL) to the recipient.
Send Test MailAfter clicking this button, VigorSwitch system will send a test mail to the recipient.

After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.

This page allows you to reboot VigorSwitch with current settings or return to factory default settings for VigorSwitch.

System Maintenance / System Reboot System Reboot Reboot With: Current Configuration Fixing Default Reboot

Available settings are explained as follows:

Item Description
System Reboot
Reboot WithCurrent Configuration - Use current configuration settings. Factory Default - Use the default configuration settings.
Reboot Click to reboot the device immediately.

Chapter VII Troubleshooting

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Chapter VII Troubleshooting - 1

natural_image Red and gray crossed wrench and nut icons (no text or symbols)

VII-1 Backing to Factory Default Setting

Sometimes, a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings. Try to reset the modem by software or hardware.

i Warning:

After pressing factory default setting, you will loose all settings you did before. Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing. The password of factory default is null.

VII-1-1 Software Reset

You can reset the modem to factory default via Web page.

Go to System Maintenance and choose System Reboot on the web page. The following screen will appear. Choose Factory Default and click OK. After few seconds, the modem will return all the settings to the factory settings.

System Maintenance / System Reboot System Reboot Reboot With Default Configuration Factory Default Reboot

VII-1-2 Hardware Reset

While the modem is running, press the RST button and hold for more than 5 seconds. When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly, please release the button. Then, the modem will restart with the default configuration.

Fiservia 401x VigorSwitch Web Smart Managed P1282 I/O VigorSwitch Web Smart Managed

After restore the factory default setting, you can configure the settings for the modem again to fit your personal request.

VII-2 Contacting DrayTek

If the modem still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts, please contact your dealer for further help right away. For any questions, please feel free to send e-mail to support@draytek.com.

Appendix Telnet Commands

Draytek VigorSwitch P1281x - Appendix Telnet Commands - 1

natural_image Red and gray crossed wrench and nut icons (no text or symbols)

A-1 Accessing Telnet of Vigor Switch

This chapter also gives you a general description for accessing telnet and describes the firmware versions for the routers explained in this manual.

Here, we take VigorSwitch P1282 as an example.

Note:

For Windows 7 user, please make sure the Windows Features of Telnet Client has been turned on under Control Panel>>Programs.

Type cmd and press Enter. The Telnet terminal will be open later.

Programs (1) cmd See more results cmd × Shut down

In the following window, type Telnet 192.168.1.224 as below and press Enter. Note that the IP address in the example is the default address of the router. If you have changed the default, enter the current IP address of the router and press Enter.

Microsoft Windows [版本 6.1.7601] Copyright (c) 2009 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. C:\Users\Carrie>telnet 192.168.1.224_

For users using previous Windows system (e.g., XP), simply click Start >> Run and type Telnet 192.168.1.224 in the Open box.

Next, enter admin/admin for Account/Password.

Username: admin Password: ***** P1282#

Enter ? to get a list of available commands.

Username: admin Password: ***** P1282# clear Reset functions clock Manage the system clock configure Configuration Mode copy Copy from one file to another delete Delete a file from the flash file system disable Turn off privileged mode command end End current mode and change to enable mode exit Exit current mode and down to previous mode hardware-monitor Hardwarefan test ping Send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network hosts reboot Halt and perform a cold restart restore-defaults Restore to default save Save running configuration to flash show Show running system information ssl Setup SSL host keys terminal Terminal configuration traceroute Trace route to network hosts P1282# _

The available commands contain - clear, clock, configure, copy, delete, disable, end, exit, hardware-monitor, ping, reboot, restore-defaults, save, show, ssl, terminal, and traceroute. Each command will be explained as follows.

Note: You can also enter ? to check if there are subcommands under current command.

A-2-1 Clear Configuration

This command allows resetting the functions of ARP, interface, IP, IPv6, LACP, Line, LLDP, Logging, MAC, and Spanning Tree.

Telnet Command: clear arp

Use this command to clear entries in the ARP cache.

Syntax Items

clear arp

Description

Syntax Items Description
clear arp- Enter the IP address of the device (e.g., 192.168.1.224).Related Syntax:# clear arp# clear arp

Example

P1282# clear arp 192.168.1.224

P1282#

Telnet Command: clear interfaces

Use this command to clear statistics counters for all interfaces or a specific interface (10GB LAN, LAN or LAG).

Syntax Items

clear interfaces GigabitEthernet

clear interfaces LAG

Description

Syntax Items Description
clear interfacesGigabitEthernetSpecify a LAN interface for clearing statistics counters on that port.<1-28> - Enter the number (1 to 28) of LAN port.Related Syntax:# clear interfaces gigabitEthernet <1-24> counters
clear interfaces LAGSpecify a LAG interface for clearing statistics counters on that port.<1-8> - Enter the number (1 to 8) of LAG interface (IEEE 802.3 Link Aggregation Interface).Related Syntax:# clear interfaces LAG <1-8> counters

Example

P1282# clear interfaces gigabitethernet 3 counters
P1282# clear interfaces
P1282# clear interfaces lag 2 counters
P1282#

Telnet Command: clear ip

Use this command to clear IGMP snooping groups (dynamic or static) information for all interfaces or a specific interface (LAN or LAG) with IP address.

Syntax Items

clear ip igmp

Description

Syntax ItemsDescription
clear ip igmpsnooping groupsdynamic - Clear dynamic snooping groups of IGMP server.snooping groups static - Clear static snooping groups of IGMP server.snooping statistics - Clear snooping statistics for IGMP server.Related Syntax:# clear ip igmp snooping groups dynamic# clear ip igmp snooping groups static# clear ip igmp snooping statistics

Example

P1282# clear ip igmp snooping groups dynamic

P1282#

Telnet Command: clear ipv6

Use this command to clear MLD snooping configuration for dynamic / static group(s) with IPv6 address.

Syntax Items

clear ipv6 mld

Description

Syntax ItemsDescription
clear ipv6 mldsnooping groupsps dynamic - Clear dynamic snooping groups of MLD.snooping groups static - Clear static snooping groups of MLD.Related Syntax:# clear ipv6 mld snooping groups dynamic# clear ipv6 mld snooping groups static# clear ipv6 mld snooping statistics

Example

P1282# clear ipv6
P1282# clear ipv6 mld snooping groups dynamic
P1282# clear ipv6 mld snooping groups dynamic?
< cr >
P1282# clear ipv6 mld snooping groups static
P1282#

Telnet Command: clear lacp

Use this command to clear LACP configuration for specified LAG interface or all LAG interfaces.

Syntax Items

clear lacp <1-8> counters

clear lacp counters

Description

Syntax Items Description
clear lacp <1-8><1-8> - Enter the number (1 to 8) of LAG interface (IEEE 802.3 Link Aggregation Interface).Related Syntax:# clear lacp <1-8> counters
clear lacp counters Clear LACPconfiguration for all LAG interfaces.Related Syntax:# clear lacp counters

Example

P1282# clear lacp 1 countersNo interfaces configured in the channel groupP1282#

Telnet Command: clear line

Use this command to clear line settings including SSH (Secure Shell) configuration and telnet daemon configuration.

Syntax Items

clear line ssh

clear line telnet

Description

Syntax Items Description
clear line ssh Clear SSH configuration for line connection.Related Syntax:# clear line ssh
clear line telnet Clear SSH Telnet configuration for line connection.Related Syntax:# clear line telnet

Example

P1282# clear line ssh
P1282# clear line telnet

Telnet Command: clear lldp

Use this command to clear LLDP statistics or reset LLDP information.

Syntax Items

clear lldp global

clear lldp interfaces

Description

Syntax Items Description
clear lldp global Clear all of the statistics related to LLDP.Related Syntax:# clear lldp global statistics
clear lldp interfacesSpecify a LAN / LAG interface for clearing LLDP information.<1-28> - Enter the number (1 to 28) of LAN port.<1-8> - Enter the number (1 to 8) of LAG interface (IEEE 802.3 Link Aggregation Interface).Related Syntax:# clear lldp interfaces GigabitEthernet <1-28> statistics# clear lldp interfaces LAG <1-8> statistics

Example

P1282# clear lldp global statistics
P1282#
P1282# clear lldp interfaces LAG 1 statistics
P1282# clear lldp interfaces gigabitethernet 1 statistics
P1282#

Telnet Command: clear logging

Use this command to clear log messages from the internal logging buffer and flash.

Syntax Items

clear logging buffered

clear logging file

Description

Syntax Items Description
clear logging buffered Clear the log stored in RAM.Related Syntax:# clear logging buffered
clear logging file Clear the log stored in flash.Related Syntax:# clear logging file

Example

P1282# clear logging buffered
P1282# clear logging file
P1282#

Telnet Command: clear mac

Use this command to clear MAC configuration related to VLAN, LAG, and LAN port.

Syntax Items

clear mac

Description

Syntax Items Description
clear mac address-table <1-28>- Enter the number (1 to 28) of LAN port.<1-8>- Enter the number (1 to 8) of LAG interface (IEEE 802.3 Link Aggregation Interface).<1-4094>- Specify a VLAN ID by entering its number.Related Syntax:# clear mac adderss-table dynamic interfacesGigabitEthernet <1-28># clear mac adderss-table dynamic interfaces LAG <1-8># clear mac adderss-table dynamic vlan <1-4094>

Example

P1282# clear mac address-table dynamic vlan 2038
P1282# clear mac address-table dynamic interfaces gigabitethernet 3
P1282#

Telnet Command: clear spanning-tree

Use this command to clear running system information.

Syntax Items

clear spanning-tree

Description

Syntax Items Description
clear spanning-tree interfacesSpecify a LAN interface for clearing its running information.<1-28>- Enter the number (1 to 28) of LAN port.<1-8>- Enter the number (1 to 8) of LAG interface (IEEE 802.3 Link Aggregation Interface).Related Syntax:# clear spanning-tree interfaces GigabitEthernet <1-28>statistics# clear spanning-tree interfaces LAG <1-8> statistics

Example

P1282# clear spanning-tree interfaces GigabitEthernet
<1-28> GigabitEthernet device number
P1282# clear spanning-tree interfaces gigabitethernet 3 statistics
P1282# clear spanning-tree interfaces LAG 1 statistics
P1282# 

A-2-2 Clock Configuration

This command allows managing the system clock.

Telnet Command: clock set

Use this command to configure the system clock manually.

Syntax Items

clock set

Description

Syntax Items Description
clock set Set current by entering hours, minutes, seconds, month, date and year with the format listed below:- Hour, minute, second (e.g., 08:10:30).- January.- February.- March- April- May- June- July- August- September- October- November- December- Date 1 to 31.- Year of 2000 to 2035.Related Syntax:# clock set HH:MM:SSjan/feb/mar/apr/may/jun/jul/aug/sep/oct/nov/dec <1-31><2000-2035>

Example

P1282# clock set 12:10:30 jan 1 2019
2019-01-01 12:10:30 UTC+8 

A-2-3 Configure Configuration

This command allows configuring the settings related to VigorSwitch.

Available sub-commands under Configure include:

clock, custom, dos, do, dray_surveillance, enable, end, errdisable, exit, hostname, http, interface, ip, ipv6, jumbo-frame, lacp, lag, line, lldp, logging, logmail, loop-protection, mac, mailalert, management-vlan, mirror, no, openvpn, poe, qos, schedule, snmp, sntp, spanning-tree, start-up, storm-control, surveillance-vlan, system, tr069, username, vlan, voice-vlan and webhook

Before configuration, you have to enter "configure" to access into next phase.

To return to previous phase, enter "exit"

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# exit
P1282# 

Telnet Command: clock

Use this command to configure time zone, summer-time and external time source for the system clock.

Syntax Items

clock auto timezone

clock source local

clock source sntp

clock summer-time

clock timezone

Description

Syntax Items Description
clock auto timezoneVigorSwitch sets the time zone automatically.
clock source local Configurean external time source for the system clock.“local” means to use static time. It is the default setting.Related Syntax:# clock source local
clock source sntp Configurean external time source for the system clock. “sntp” means to use SNTP time.Related Syntax:# clock source sntp
clock summer-time Configurethe system to automatically switch to summer time (daylight saving time).ACRONYM - Specify the acronym name of time zone. The acronym of the time zone will be displayed when summer time is in effect. If unspecified, the time zone acronym will be used in default. (1-4 chars)- Indicate January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November, December.<1-31> means date 1 to 31.<2000-2037> - means year of 2000 to 2035.- means hours and minutes.recurring - Summer time should start and end on the corresponding specified days every year.
<1-1440>- Set the number of minutes to add during the summer time. The default number is 60.eu - The summer time is based on the European Union rules. (Start point - last Sunday in March, End point - last Sunday in October)usa - The summer time is based on the United States rules. (Start point - second Sunday in March, End point - first Sunday in November)first - The first week of the month.last - The last week of the month.- Indicate Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday.- Indicate January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November, December.- Specify the first week or the last week of the month.<1-5> - Specify the number of the week in the month.Note that the first group of month, date, hour and minute is used for configuring starting time, and the second group is used for configuring ending time.Related Syntax:# clock summer-time ACRONYM date<1-31><2000-2037><1-31><2000-2037><1-31><2000-2037><1-31><2000-2037><1-31><2000-2037><1-31><2000-2037><1-31><2000-2037><1-31><2000
clock timezoneACRONYM<-12-13>minutes <0-59>Set the time zone for display purposes.ACRONYM - Specify the acronym name of time zone. The acronym of the time zone will be displayed when summer time is in effect. If unspecified, the time zone acronym will be used in default. (1-4 chars)<-12-13> - Specify the hour offset (from -12 to +13) of time zone. minutes <0-59> - Specify the minute difference from UTC.Related Syntax:# clock timezone ACRONYM<-12-13> minutes <0-59>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)# clock source sntp
P1282(config)# exit
P1282# show clock detail
2019-01-05 06:51:23 UTC+8
Time source is sntp
Time zone:
Acronym is
Offset is UTC+8
P1282# configure
P1282(config)# clock summer-time tw date jan 30 2019 23:30 feb 1 2019 20:50
P1282(config)# exit
P1282# show clock detail
2019-01-05 07:13:49 UTC+8
Time source is sntp
Time zone:
Acronym is ACRONYM
Offset is UTC-10:08
Summertime:
Acronym is tw
Starting and ending on a specific date.
Begins at 1 30 19 23:30
Ends at 2 1 19 20:50
Offset is 60 minutes.
P1282# configure
P1282(config)# clock summer-time ACRONYM recurring eu 1200
P1282(config)# clock summer-time ACRONYM recurring first mon jan 10:10 first sun feb 10:10 1000
P1282(config)# exit
P1282# show clock detail
2019-01-05 11:37:18 UTC+8
Time source is sntp
Time zone:
Acronym is
Offset is UTC+8
Summertime:
Acronym is ACRONYM
Recurring every year.
Begins at 1 1 1 10:10
Ends at 1 0 2 10:10
Offset is 1000 minutes.

Telnet Command: custom

Use this command to enable the module settings.

Syntax Items

custom enable

Description

Syntax Items Description
custom enableEnable the module settings.Related Syntax:# custom enable

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)# custom enable
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: dos

Use this command to enable specific Denial of Service (DoS) protection.

Syntax Items

dos daeqsa-deny

dos icmp-frag-pkts-deny

dos icmp-ping-max-length

dos icmpv4-ping-max-check

dos icmpv6-ping-max-check

dos ipv6-min-frag-size-check

dos ipv6-min-frag-size-length

dos land-deny

dos nullscan-deny

dos pod-deny

dos smurf-deny

dos smurf-netmask

dos syn-sportl1024-deny

dos synfin-deny

dos synrst-deny

dos tcp-frag-off-min-check

dos tcpblat-deny

dos tcphdr-min-check

dos tcphdr-min-length

dos udpblat-deny

dos xma-deny

Description

Syntax Items Description
dos daeqsa-denyDrop the packets if the destination MAC address equals to the source MAC address.Related Syntax:# dos daeqsa-deny
dos icmp-frag-pkts-deny Drop the fragmented ICMP packets.Related Syntax:# dos icmp-frag-pkts-deny
dos icmp-ping-max-lengthSet the maximum packet size for ICMPv4/ICMPv6 ping operation.<0-65535>- Specify a packet number.Related Syntax:# dos icmp-ping-max-length <0-65535>
dos icmpv4-ping-max-checkCheck ICMPv4 ping maximum packets size and drop the packets larger than the maximum packet size defined by the command, dos icmp-ping-max-length.Related Syntax:# dos icmpv4-ping-max-check
dos icmpv6-ping-max-checkCheck ICMPv6 ping maximum packets size and drop the packets larger than the maximum packet size defined by the command, icmp-ping-max-length.Related Syntax:# dos icmpv6-ping-max-check
dos ipv6-min-frag-size-check Check minimum size of IPv6 fragments.Related Syntax:
# dos ipv6-min-frag-size-check
dos ipv6-min-frag-size-length <0-65535>Set the minimum packet size of IPv6 fragmented packets.<0-65535>- Specify a packet number.Related Syntax:# dos ipv6-min-frag-size-length <0-65535>
dos land-deny Drop the packets if the source IP address equals to destination IP address.Related Syntax:# dos land-deny
dos nullscan-deny Drop the packets if attacked by NULL Scan.Related Syntax:# dos nullscan-deny
dos pod-deny Drop the packets if attacked by Ping of Death.Related Syntax:# dos pod-deny
dos smurf-deny Drop the packets if encountered Smurf attack.Related Syntax:# dos smurf-deny
dos smurf-netmask Set the smurf attack size.<0-32>- Enter a number as smurf attacks size.Related Syntax:# dos smurf-netmask <0-32>
dos syn-sportl1024-deny Drop SYN packets with sport less than 1024.Related Syntax:# dos syn-sportl1024-deny
dos synfin-deny Drop the packets with SYN and FIN bits set.Related Syntax:# dos synfin-deny
dos synrst-deny Drop the packets with SYNC and RST bits set.Related Syntax:# dos synrst-deny
dos tcp-frag-off-min-checkDrop the TCP fragmented packet with offset equals to the minimum packet size.Related Syntax:# dos tcp-frag-off-min-check
dos tcpblat-denyDrop the packets if the source TCP port equals to destination TCP port.Related Syntax:# dos tcpblat-deny
dos tcphdr-min-checkCheck the minimum TCP header and drop the TCP packets with the header smaller than the minimum size defined.Related Syntax:# dos tcphdr-min-check
dos tcphdr-min-lengthSet the minimum size of TCP header.<0-65535>- Specify a packet number.Related Syntax:# dos tcphdr-min-length <0-65535>
dos udpblat-denyDrop the packets if the source UDP port equals to destination UDP port.Related Syntax:•# dos udpblat-deny
dos xma-denyDrop the packets if the sequence number is zero and the FIN, URG and PSH bits are set already.Related Syntax:•# dos xma-deny

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# dos icmp-ping-max-length 25252
P1282(config)# dos icmpv4-ping-max-check
P1282(config)# 

Telnet Command: do

Use this command to execute a command immediately.

Syntax Items

do SEQUENCE

Description

Syntax Items Description
SEQUENCEEnter the command that you want to execute immediately.Related Syntax: (for example)# do show info

Example

P1282(config)# do show info
System Name : P1282
System Location : Default
System Contact : Default
MAC Address : 14:49:BC:43:CC:FC
IP Address : 192.168.1.11
Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0
Loader Version : 2.1.0
Loader Date : Jun 30 2021-13:11:14
Firmware Version : 2.7.0
Firmware Date : Oct 15 2021-09:50:07
Firmware Revision : 95993d5
System Object ID : 1.3.6.1.4.1.7367
System Up Time : 0 days, 23 hours, 6 mins, 44 secs
PoE SW Version : 2
P1282(config)# 

Telnet Command: dray\_surveillance

Use this command to enable / disable the ONVIF.

Syntax Items

dray_surveillance add

dray_surveillance direct-add dray_surveillance set

Description

Syntax Items Description
dray_surveillance add Add an IP device for surveillance. WORD <36-36> - Enter the UUID string of the IP camera or IP-based device.Related Syntax:# dray_surveillance add device uuid WORD <36-36># dray_surveillance add group uuid WORD <36-36>
dray_surveillance direct-add WORD <36-36> - Enter the UUID string of the IP camera or IP-based device.Related Syntax:# dray_surveillance direct-add device uuid WORD <36-36>
dray_surveillance set username WORD<1-32> - Enter a string as the default user name.password WORD<1-32>> - Enter a string as the default password.encptpwd WORD <1-128> - Enter a string as the encrypted key. WORD <36-36> - Enter the UUID string of the IP camera or the IP-based device.ip - Enter the IP address of the IP camera or the IP-based device.Mask - Enter the subnet mask of the IP camera or the IP-based device.vlan <1-4094> - Enter a value representing the VLAN ID.Related Syntax:# dray_surveillance set default username WORD<1-32> password WORD<1-32># dray_surveillance set default username WORD<1-32>encptpwd WORD <1-128># dray_surveillance set device uuid WORD <36-36># dray_surveillance set group uuid WORD <36-36># dray_surveillance set interface ip# dray_surveillance set interface mask# dray_surveillance set vlan <1-4094>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# dray_surveillance
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# dray_surveillance add device uuid 53d7762a-c52b-4bb9-8000-305501e0f35f
P1282(config)# 

Telnet Command: enable

Use this command to configure local password with encrypted string or not.

Syntax Items

enable password

enable secret

Description

Syntax Items Description
enable passwordEdit the password for each privilege level for activating authentication.<1-15> - Enter a number for specifying a privilege level. Default value is 15.Related Syntax:# enable password <1-15>
enable secret- Enter a new string as the encrypted password.Related Syntax:# enable secret PASSWORD# enable secret encrypted PASSWORD

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)# enable secret encrypted testtest
P1282(config)# exit
P1282# show running-config
P1282# ...
enable privilege 2 secret "OTE5ZTY4MmNhYzgyNWQ0MzBhNTgwZTg0MmZmMGJiYzQ="
enable secret "testtest"
vlan 2
name "test0002"
vlan 3
name "test0003"
vlan 5
name "test_carrie"
voice-vlan oui-table 00:E0:BB "3COM"
voice-vlan oui-table 00:03:6B "Cisco"
voice-vlan oui-table 00:E0:75 "Veritel"
......

Telnet Command: end

Use this command to end current mode.

Syntax Items

end

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#end
P1282#

Telnet Command: errdisable

Use this command to enable the auto recovery timer for port error.

Syntax Items

errdisable recovery cause

errdisable recovery interval

Description

Syntax Items Description
errdisable recovery causeEnable the auto recovery timer for port error disabled from ACL,all, ARP rate limit, STP BPDU guard, broadcast flooding, DHCP rate limit, port security, STP self-loop, unicast flooding, or unknown multicast flooding causes.Related Syntax:# erridisable recovery cause < acl /all /arp-inspection /bpduguard /broadcast-flood /dhcp-rate-limit /psecure-violation /selfloop /unicast-flood /unknown-multicast-flood >
errdisable recovery intervalSet the recovery time of the error disabled port.<30-86400> - The default value is 300 seconds.Related Syntax:# erridisable recovery interval <30-86400>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# errdisable recovery interval 600
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: exit

Use this command to exit current mode and return to previous mode/phase.

Syntax Items

exit

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# exit
P1282#

Telnet Command: hostname

Use this command to modify the network name of VigorSwitch.

Syntax Items

hostname WORD

Description

Syntax Items Description
Hostname WORD- Enter a string as the network name for VigorSwitch.Related Syntax:# hostname WORD

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)# hostname Switch_3F
Switch_3F(config)#

Telnet Command: interface

Use this command to configure interface settings.

Before configuring, you have to access into next phase. See the following example:

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# interface GigabitEthernet 3
P1282(config-if)# 

Or

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# interface range LAG 3
P1282(config-if-range)# 

Syntax Items

interface GigabitEthernet

interface VLAN

interface LAG

interface range

Description

Syntax Items Description
interface GigabitEthernet<1-28> - Specify the number of Ethernet LAN port.Related Syntax:# interface GigabitEthernet <1-28>
Interface vlan <1-4094> - Specify the number of VLAN ID.Related Syntax:# interface vlan <1-4094>
interface LAG <1-8> - Specify the number of LAG interface.Related Syntax:# interface LAG <1-8>
Interface range Specify an interface ranges for configuring detailed settings.Related Syntax:# interface range GigabitEthernet <1-28># interface range LAG <1-8>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)# interface LAG 1
P1282(config-if)#

Under (config-if)#, available sub-commands for LAN, VLAN or LAG will be different. Below shows the items under Ethernet LAN:

<config-if># back-pressure
<config-if># custom
<config-if># description
<config-if># device-check
<config-if># dos
<config-if># do
<config-if># dray_surveillance
<config-if># duplex 
<config-if># eee
<config-if># end
<config-if># exit
<config-if># flowcontrol
<config-if># ip
<config-if># ipv6
<config-if># lacp
<config-if># lag
<config-if># lldp
<config-if># loop-protection
<config-if># mac
<config-if># no
<config-if># poe
<config-if># power
<config-if># protected
<config-if># qos
<config-if># rate-limit
<config-if># shutdown
<config-if># spanning-tree
<config-if># speed
<config-if># storm-control
<config-if># surveillance-vlan
<config-if># switchport
<config-if># vlan
<config-if># voice-vlan 

Description

Syntax Items Description
back-pressureEnable back-pressure for the specified interface (Ethernet port/LAG port).Related Syntax:# back-pressure
custom- Enable the custom module configuration for the specified interface (Ethernet port/LAG port).Related Syntax:# custom enable
descriptionWrite a description for the specified interface (Ethernet port/LAG port).- Enter a description (up to 32 characters).Related Syntax:# description
device-checkPerform a devicecheck the specified interface (Ethernet port/LAG port).ip-address-A. B.C.D.- Enter the IP address of the device.interval <120/15/30/60>- Check the device interval by entering the time value. Unit is second.retry <1/3/5>- Enter the retry time during a checking period.failure-action- Set the power cycle.alert- Enable or disable the alert function.- Enter multiple IP addresses separated by ",".Related Syntax:
# device-check ip-addressinterval<120/15/30/60>retry <1/3/5>failure-action# device-check ip-addressinterval<120/15/30/60>retry <1/3/5>failure-action# device-check multi ip-addressinterval <120/15/30/60>retry <1/3/5>failure-actionalert
dos Apply DoS to the specified interface (Ethernet port/LAG port).
do Run execution commands in current mode.
dray_surveillance Use this command to set the ONVIF throughput alert threshold.<16-1000000>- Specify a number as the alert threshold for egress /ingress throughput.Related Syntax:#dray_surveillance set threshold alert egress <16-1000000#dray_surveillance set threshold alert ingress <16-1000000>
duplex Apply the duplex configuration to the specified interface (Ethernet port/LAG port).- Auto duplex configuration.- Force full duplex operation.- Force half-duplex operation.Related Syntax:# duplex
eee Apply the EEE configuration to the specified interface (Ethernet port).
end End current mode, change to enable mode and return to previous phase.
exit Exit from current mode.
flowcontrolConfigure flow-control mode to the specified interface (Ethernet port/LAG port).- Enable AUTO flow-control configuration.- Disable the force flow-control.- Enable the force flow-control.Related Syntax:# flowcontrol
ipApply IP configuration to the specified interface (Ethernet port/LAG port).acl-Specify an ACL for packets. Enter the name of the ACL.bind-ip-A.B.C.D>- Enter an IP address for binding with the port type.conflict prevention bind-ip- Enter the IP address for the binding.conflict prevention port-type DHCP-Client - Set DHCP Client as the port type.conflict prevention port-type DHCP-Server -Set DHCP Server as the port type.conflict prevention port-type Multiple-Hosts - Set Multiple-Hosts as the port type.conflict prevention port-type Multiple-Hosts has-server - Use thisstring if there is a DHCP server in this port.conflict prevention port-type Static-Binding -Set Static-Binding as the port type.igmp filter <1-128> - Use it to bind a profile for a port. Specify a profile ID.igmp max-groups <0-256> - Use it to limit port learning max group number (0-256).igmp max-groups action- Use it to set the action (deny or replace) when the number of groups reach the limitation.source binding max-entry <1-50> - Set the maximum dynamic binding entry number.source binding max-entry no-limit - No limit to binding entry.source verify mac-and-ip - Use it to enable IP source guard function.Related Syntax:# ip acl# ip conflict prevention bind-ip# ip conflict prevention port-type DHCP-Client# ip conflict prevention port-type DHCP-Client has-server# ip conflict prevention port-type DHCP-Server# ip conflict prevention port-type DHCP-Server has-server# ip conflict prevention port-type Multiple-Hosts# ip conflict prevention port-type Multiple-Hosts has-server# ip conflict prevention port-type Static-Binding# ip conflict prevention port-type Static-Binding has-server# ip igmp filter <1-128># ip igmp max-groups <0-256># ip igmp max-groups action# ip source binding max-entry <1-50># ip source binding max-entry no-limit# ip source verify mac-and-ip
ipv6Apply IPv6 configuration to the specified interface (Ethernet port/LAG port).acl-Specify the ACL name for packets mld- Set IPv6 filter for MLD configuration.mld max-groups - Specify the number for maximum group.<0-256> - MLD snooping group number.action- Define the action to be performed when exceeding the maximum group.Related Syntax:# ipv6 acl# ipv6 mld filter# ipv6 mld max-groups <0-256># ipv6 mld max-groups action
Iacp Apply LACP Configuration to the specified interface (Ethernet port/LAG port).<1-65535> - Set a number for IEEE 802.3 link aggregation port priority.- Set long or short timeout value.
Related Syntax:# lacp port-priority <1-65535)# lacp timeout
lag Apply Link Aggregation Group Configuration the specified interface (Ethernet port/LAG port).<1-8> - Specify LAG number.Related Syntax:# lag <1-8>
loop-protection Record the logshutdown the port or follow the global loop-protection settings for each port.Related Syntax:# loop-protection action all# loop-protection action global# loop-protection action log# loop-protection action shutdown
lldp med location - Configurethe LLDP MED location data. The "coordinate", "civic-address", "ecs-elin" locations are independent, so at most three location TLVs could be sent if their data are not empty.med network-policy add / remove - Configure the LLDP MED network policy table. Add /remove a network policy entry that can be bind to ports.med tlv-select - Configure LLDP MED TLVs selection. Available optional TLVs are network-policy, location, inventory and poe-pse.tlv-select - Select LLDP TLVs to send.- The location is specified as civic address.- Range from 6 to 160 hexadecimal bytes.- The location is specified as coordinates.- 16 hexadecimal bytes exactly.- The location is specified as ECS ELIN.- 10 to 25 hexadecimal bytes.- Range from 1 to 32.- LLDP optional TLV, pick from: port-desc, sys-name, sys-desc, sys-cap, mac-phy, lag, max-frame-size, management-addr.pvid - Enable or disable the TX optional-TLV 802.1 PVID.vlan-name <2-4094> - Add/remove a selected VLAN. Enter the VLAN ID number.- Enable LLDP reception on interface.- Enable LLDP transmission on interface.Related Syntax:# lldp med location# lldp med network-policy add# lldp med network-policy remove# lldp med tlv-select# lldp tlv-select# lldp tlv-select pvid# lldp tlv-select vlan-name
<2-4094># lldp
mac Specify an access controllist for packets.Before configuring, you have to create an ACL based on MAC address. For example,# mac acl CA_ACL# - Enter a name for ACL.Related Syntax:# mac acl
no Negate command. Such command can disable current setting of command executed and return to the factory setting of that command.Example:# no mvrThe operation will make mvr setting is default. Continue?[yes/no]:yes#Related Syntax:# no
poe Enable or disable the PoE port.
power Configure the inline power for the PoE device.inline auto - Turn on the PoE device discovery protocol and apply the power to the devcie.inline never - Turn off the PoE device power.power-limit <15.4w/30w/MW> - Set the power limit for the PoE device.priority <1-3/critical/high/low> - Set the priority of power application for the PoE device.schedule-index - Specify the index number (1 to 15) of the schedule profile.Related Syntax:# power inline auto# power inline never# power power-limit <15.4w/30w/MW)# power priority <1-3/critical/high/low)# power schedule-index <1-15>
protected Configure an interface to be a protected port.Related Syntax:#protected
qos cos - Configure the default CoS value for an Ethernet port.<0-7> - Specify a CoS value for the selected interface. Default value is 0.remark - Configure remarking state of each port.trust - Configure each port to trust state while the system is in "basic" mode. There are four trust types for a device to judge the appropriate queue of the packets.- Enable cos remarking.- Enable DSCP remarking.- Enable cos and DSCP remarking.- Enable IP precedence remarking.Related Syntax:
#qos cos <0-7>#qos remark#qos trust
rate-limit It is effective for Ethernet port only.egress - Configure the egress port shaper.ingress - Configure the ingress port shaper.egress queue - Configure queue for egress port shaper.<0-1000000> - Enter a number as the average traffic rate in Kbps. It must be a multiple of 16.<16-1000000> - Enter a number as the average traffic rate in Kbps. It must be a multiple of 16.<1-8> - Specify a number as queue ID.Related Syntax:# rate-limit egress <0-1000000># rate-limit egress queue <1-8> <16-1000000># rate-limit ingress <16-1000000>
shutdown Disable the selected interface.Example:(config)# interface gigabitethernet 3(config-if)# shutdown(config-if)# exit(config)# exit# show interface Gigabitethernet 3GigabitEthernet3 is downRelated Syntax:# shutdown
spanning-tree Configure spanning-tree settings.bpdu-filter - Set the BPDU-Filter for specified port.bpdu-guard - Set the BPDU-Guard for specified port.edge - Set the edge-port for specified port.cost - Change an interface's spanning tree path cost.link-type - Specify a link type for spanning tree protocol use.mcheck - Set the mcheck for specified port to migrate.mst - Set spanning-tree parameters of instance.port-priority- Set the priority for specified instance.<0-200000000> - Specify a value of internal path cost (0 means Auto).- The selected port will be treated as point-to-point.- The selected port will be treated as shared.<0-15> - Specify an instance ID.<0-240> - Specify a priority number for the selected port.Related Syntax:# spanning-tree# spanning-tree # spanning-tree cost <0-200000000># spanning-tree link-type# spanning-tree mcheck# spanning-tree mst <0-15> cost<0-200000000># spanning-tree port-priority <0-240>
speedConfigure speed operation.- Force 10/100/1000 Mbps operation.- Enable Auto speed configuration.Related Syntax:# speed<10/100/1000># speed auto
storm-controlaction - Selectan action for storm control after exceeding the threshold.broadcast level - Enable the storm control type of broadcast for the selected port.unknown-multicast level - Enable the storm control type of unknown-multicast for the selected port.unknown-unicast level- Enable the storm control type of unknown-unicast for the selected port.- Drop packets after exceeding storm control threshold.- Disable the port after exceeding storm control threshold.<1-1000000>- Specify the rate value.Related Syntax:# storm-control action# storm-control broadcast level <1-1000000># storm-control unknown-multicast level <1-1000000># storm-control unknown-unicast level <1-1000000>
surveillance-vlancos - Set surveillanceVLAN configuration.mode - Set surveillance member port join mode.- QoS attributes are applied to all packets that are classified to the Surveillance VLAN.- QoS attributes are applied only on packets from IP phones.- Make surveillance member port join voice VLAN automatically.- The administrator manually makes surveillance member port join voice VLAN.Related Syntax:# surveillance-vlan cos# surveillance-vlan mode
switchportSet switching modecharacteristics.access vlan -Use it to set a native VLAN on the interface.default-vlan tagged - Use it to make the selected port interface to become the default VLAN tagged member.forbidden default-vlan - Use it to forbid the defult-vlan on the interface.forbidden vlan - Use it to forbid a vlan on the interface.hybrid acceptable-frame-type - Use it to choose which type of frame will be accepted.hybrid allowed - Use it to allow a VALN set on the interface.hybrid ingress-filtering - Use it to enable VLAN ingress filter.hybrid pvid - Use it to set PVID of the interface.mode access - Use it to configure the selected port as the role of access. Only untagged frames will be accepted.mode hybrid - Use it to configure the selected port as the role of hybrid. Support all functions defined in IEEE 802.1Q
specification.mode trunk uplink - Use it to configure the selected port as the role of trunk. It can recognize double tagging on the interface.trunk allowed - Use it to allow a VALN on the interface.trunk native - Use it to set a native VLAN on the interface.tunnel vlan - Use it to set a Dot1q tunnel VLAN on the interface.vlan tpid - Use it to set TPID on the interface.<1-4094> - Specify a VLAN ID.- Add or remove the allowed VLAN list.- Specify an option for accepting all frames, only tagged frames or only untagged frames.<1-4094/all> - Specify a VLAN ID or all VLAN IDs.< 0x8100 / 0x88A8 / 0x9100 / 0x9200> - Specify one tag-protocol-id.Related Syntax:# switchport access vlan <1-4094)# switchport default-vlan tagged# switchport forbidden default-vlan# switchport forbidden vlan<1-4094)# switchport hybrid acceptable-frame-typeall/tagged-only/untagged-only)# switchport hybrid allowed vlan add <1-4094)# switchport hybrid allowed vlan add <1-4094)# switchport hybrid allowed vlan remove <1-4094)# switchport hybrid ingress-filtering# switchport hybrid pvid <1-4094)# switchport mode# switchport mode trunk uplink# switchport trunk allowed vlan<1-4094/all)# switchport trunk native <1-4094)# switchport tunnel vlan <1-4094)# switchport vlan tpid < 0x8100/0x88A8 / 0x9100 / 0x9200>
vlan mac-vlan group - Set a MAC-based VLAN configuration.protocol-vlan group - Set a protocol-based VLAN configuration.<1-2147483647> - Specify a group ID to map.<1-4094> - Specify a VLAN ID.Related Syntax:# vlan mac-vlan group <1-2147483647> vlan <1-4094)# vlan protocol-vlan group<1-2147483647> vlan <1-4094>
voice-vlan cos - Set voice VLAN configuration as COS mode.mode - Set voice member port join mode.- QoS attributes are applied on all packets that are classified to the Voice VLAN.- QoS attributes are applied only on packets from IP phones.- Make voice member port join voice VLAN
automatically.- The administrator manually makes voice member port join voice VLAN.Related Syntax:# voice-vlan cos# voice-vlan mode

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)# interface LAG 1
P1282(config-if)# speed 100
P1282(config-if)# backpressure
P1282(config-if)# lldp med location ecs-elin 112233445566778899AA
P1282(config-if)# vlan mac-vlan group 35 vlan 1000
P1282(config-if)#

Telnet Command: ip

Use this command to create an IPv4 access list (ACL) which performs classification on layer 3 fields and enters ip-access configuration mode.

Syntax Items

ip acl
ip address
ip conflict
ip default-gateway
ip dhcp
ip dns
ip forcedhttps
ip http
ip https
ip igmp
ip source
ip ssh
ip telnet 

Description

Syntax Items Description
ip aclacl- Set the name of the access list (ACL) based on IPv4.To configure detailed settings, enter the name of ACL to access into next level.#ip aclThen, available sub-command includes:#deny#do#end#exit#permit#sequence#show
Use the “deny” command to create deny rules for the IPv4 access list.
<0-255/egp/hmp/icmp/igp/ipinip/ipv6 /ipv6:frag /ipv6:icmp /ipv6:rout / ip / l2tp /ospf /pim / rdp / rsvp /tcp /udp > - Specify the IP protocol number or enter the name of the protocol./- Specify the source and destination IPv4 addresses and subnet masks.dscp <0-63> - Set the DSCP filtering by specifying a value for DSCP.precedence <0-7> - Set the cos value and the cos mask for a packet.shutdown - Disable the Ethernet interface.any - Any IP address (as source or destination).Related Syntax:#deny <0-255>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/dscp <0-63>#deny <0-255>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/dscp <0-63> shutdown#deny <0-255>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/precedence <0-7>#deny <0-255>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/precedence <0-7> shutdown#deny <0-255>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/dscp <0-63>#deny <0-255>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/dscp <0-63> shutdown#deny <0-255>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/precedence <0-7>#deny <0-255>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/precedence <0-7> shutdownany any dscp <0-7>#deny <0-255>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/ any any dscp <0-7> shutdownany any any precedence <0-7>#deny <0-255>/<A.B.C.D>/<A.B.C.D>/ any any precedence <0-7> shutdown
Use the “do” command to run execution command in current mode.-Related Syntax:#do
Use the “end” command to finish current mode. Any changes in current mode will be saved.Related Syntax:#end
Use the “exit” command to close the current CLI session or return to the previous mode without saving the settings.Related Syntax:#exit
Use the “no sequence” command to delete any entry in management ACL.<1-2147483647>- Specify an index number of the ACL.Related Syntax:#no sequence <1-2147483647>
Use the “sequence” command to deny or permit the ACL.<1-2147483647> - Enter the sequence of ACL entry. Thesequence represents the priority of the ACE in the ACL.Related Syntax:#sequence <1-2147483647>deny#sequence <1-2147483647>permit
Use the "show acl" command to list current status of the selected ACL.
ip addressUse this command to modify the administration IPv4 address. address - Specify the IPv4 addresses. This IP is required when the administer wants to access into VigorSwitch through Telnet, SSH, HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP and so on.mask - Specify the netmask of the IP address.Related Syntax:#ip addressmask
ip conflict Use this command to do IP conflict prevention.lag - Enable/disable the function.- Specify the IPv4 addresses.<1-28>- Specify a physical port.<1-8>- Specify a LAG port.Related Syntax:#ip conflict detection#ip conflict lag#ip conflict prevention#ip conflict prevention clear#ip conflict prevention server-ipinterface GigabitEthernet <1-28>#ip conflict prevention server-ipinterface LAG <1-8>
ip default-gateway Use this command to modify default gateway address.address - Specify the IPv4 addresses.Related Syntax:#ip default-gateway
ip dhcp Use this command to enable DHCP client to get IP address from remote DHCP server.Related Syntax:#ip dhcp
ip dns Use this command to modify DNS server configuration.- Specify the IP address as primary DNS server.- Sepcify two IP addresses as primary and secondary DNS server.- Specify the MAC address as primary DNS server.- Specify two MAC addresses as primary and secondary DNS server.lookup - Enable the IP domain naming system lookup.Related Syntax:#ip dns#ip dns#ip dns#ip dns#ip dns #ip dns lookup
ip forcedhttps Use this command to enable the function of forced HTTPS
configuration.Related Syntax:#ip forcedhttps
ip http Use this command to enable the function of HTTP configuration.Session-timeout - Set the session timeout.<0-86400> - Set the timeout value. 0 means no timeout.Related Syntax:#ip http session-timeout <0-86400>
ip https Use this command to enable the function of HTTPS configuration.session-timeout - Set the session timeout.<0-86400> - Set the timeout value. 0 means no timeout.tls version- Set the TLS version.Related Syntax:#ip https session-timeout <0-86400>#ip https tls version
ip igmpUse this command to set IGMP profile and enable IGMP snooping function.Profile - Set IGMP profile.<1-128> - Enter the index number of IGMP profile to access intonext phase for configuring detailed settings.- Specify the source and destination IPv4addressssaction- Specify the rule (deny/permit) for theIGMP profile.snooping forward-method- Set the forward method.snooping report-suppression - Set the IGMP v1 or v2 reportsuppression.snooping unknown-multicast action drop /flood/router-port- Setunknown multicast. The packets will be dropped, flood, orforwarded to the router ports.snooping version <2/3> - Set the IGMP snooping operationversion.snooping vlan- Set a VLAN ID (1 to 4094) for theIGMP VLAN configuration.forbidden-port GigabitEthernt <1 to 28> / LAG <1 to 8> - Specifyan interface for the IPv4 forbidden port configuration.immediate-leave - Enable the IGMP snooping immediate-leavefunction.last-member-query-count <1-7>- Set a value as the LastMember Query Count.last-member-query-interval <1-25> - Set the time interval.querier - Enable the querier for the IGMP VLAN configuration.querier <2/3> - Set the querier version (Version 2 or Version 3).query-interval <30-18000> - Set the time interval for the query.response-time <5-20> - Set the response time.robustness-variable <1-7> - Set the robustness variable Novetler learn pim-dvmrp - Enable the IGMP snooping router portlearn by PIM, DVMRP and IGMP messages.static-group- Specify the IPv4 multicast address.interfaces GigabitEthernt <1 to 28>/ LAG <1 to 8> - Specify aninterface.static-port GigabitEthernt <1 to 28>/LAG <1 to 8> - Set thestatic port for an interface.static-router-port GigabitEthernt <1 to 28>/LAG <1 to 8> - Setthe static router port for an interface.Related Syntax:# ip igmp profile <1-128># do# end# exit# profile range ipaction# profile range ipaction# show# ip igmp snooping# ip igmp snooping forward-method# ip igmp snooping report-suppression# ip igmp snooping unknown-multicast action# ip igmp snooping version <2/3># ip igmp snooping vlanforbidden-port GigabitEthernt <1 to 28># ip igmp snooping vlanforbidden-port LAG <1 to 8># ip igmp snooping vlanforbidden-router-port GigabitEthernt <1 to 28># ip igmp snooping vlanforbidden-router-port LAG <1 to 8># ip igmp snooping vlanimmediate-leave# ip igmp snooping vlanlast-member-query-count <1-7># ip igmp snooping vlanlast-member-query-interval <1-25># ip igmp snooping vlanquerier# ip igmp snooping vlanquerier <2/3># ip igmp snooping vlanquery-interval <30-18000># ip igmp snooping vlanresponse-time <5-20># ip igmp snooping vlanrobustness-variable <1-7># ip igmp snooping vlanrouter learn pim-dvmrp# ip igmp snooping vlanstatic-groupA.B.C.D envelopes GigabitEthernt <1 to 28># ip igmp snooping vlanstatic-groupA.B.C.D interfaces LAG <1 to 8># ip igmp snooping vlanstatic-port GigabitEthernt <1 to 28># ip igmp snooping vlanstatic-port LAG <1 to 8># ip igmp snooping vlanstatic-router-port GigabitEthernt <1 to 28># ip igmp snooping vlanstatic-router-port LAG <1 to 8>
ip sourceUse this command to create a static IP source binding entry.- Enter the MAC address for the binding entry.vlan <1-4094> - Specify the VLAN ID number.- Specify the source and destination IPv4 addresses.<1-28> - Specify a physical port.<1-8> - Specify a LAG port.Related Syntax:#ip source bindingvlan <1-4094><A.B.C.D><A.B.C.D> interface GigabitEthernet <1-28>#ip source bindingvlan <1-4094><A.B.C.D><A.B.C.D> interface LAG <1-8>#ip source binding vlan <1-4094><A.B.C.D><A.B.C.D> interface GigabitEthernet <1-28>#ip source binding vlan <1-4094><A.B.C.D><A.B.C.D> interface LAG <1-8>
ip sshUse this command to generate the key files for SSH connection.- Select the key files for SSH connection.Related Syntax:#ip ssh
ip telnet Use this command toenable telnet service.Related Syntax:#ip telnet

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)# ip acl market_1
P1282(config-ip-acl)#
P1282(config-ip-acl)# deny 20 192.168.2.55/255.255.255.0 192.168.2.85/255.255.255.0
P1282(config)#

Use this command to modify the maximum frame size of jumbo frame.

Syntax Items

jumbo-frame

Description

Syntax Items Description
jumbo-frame Enable the function of jumbo frame.Set the maximum frame size.<1518-10000> - The default value is 1522.Related Syntax:# jumbo-frame# jumbo-frame <1518-10000>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# jumbo-frame 8000
P1282(config)# 

Telnet Command: lacp

Use this command to set the system priority of the switch.

Syntax Items

lapc

Iacp system-priority

Description

Syntax Items Description
lacp Enable the function.
lacp system-priority It is used for selecting a master switch between two devices. Lower system priority has higher priority. The device with higher priority value can determine which port is able to join LAG. <1-65535> - Specify the system priority value. Related Syntax: # lacp # lacp system-priority <1-65535>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# lacp system-priority 1000
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: lag

LAG port can transmit packets to all ports for balancing the traffic loading. Use this command to change the load balance algorithm to src-dst-mac or src-dst-mac-ip as the Load Balance policy.

Syntax Items

lag load-balance

Description

Syntax Items Description
lag load-balanceLAG load balancing is based on source and destination MAC address and/or IP address.Related Syntax:# lag load-balance src-dst-mac# lag load-balance src-dst-mac-ip

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: line

Use this command to select line configuration mode.

Syntax Items

line console

line ssh

line telent

Description

Syntax Items Description
console/ssh/telnetSelect console configuration mode.To configure detailed settings, access into next level.#lineconsole - Select the console line to configure. Then, available sub-commands are:#do#exec-timeout#exit#history#no#password-thresh#silent-time
Select SSH line to configure. Then, available sub-commands are:#do#end#exec-timeout#exit#password-thresh#silent-time
telnet - Select telnet line to configure. Then, available sub-commands are:#do#end#exec-timeout#exit#password-thresh#silent-time
#do Use the “do” command to run execution command in current mode.-Related Syntax:#doUse the “exec-timeout” to set the session timeout configuration.<0-65535> - Enter the number.Related Syntax:#exec-timeout <0-65535>
#exit Use the “exit” command to close the current CLI session or return to the previous mode without saving the settings.Related Syntax:#exitto close the current CLI session or return to the previous mode without saving the settings.Related Syntax:#exit
#history Use the “history” command to specify the index number of history.<1-256> - Enter a number.command to specify the index number of history.<1-256> - Enter a number.Related Syntax:#history <1-256>
#no Use the “no” command to negate line command.Related Syntax:#no enable#no history#no login
#password-thresh Use the “password-thresh” command to set the login password intrusion threshold.<0-120>- Set a number of allowed password attempts. 0 means no threshold.Related Syntax:#password-thresh <0-120>
#silent-time Use the “silent-time” command to set fail silent time.<0-65535>- Set the time to disable the console response.Related Syntax:#silent-time <0-65535>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# line telnet
P1282(config-line)# 

Telnet Command: Ildp

Use this command to set LLDP function.

Syntax Items

Ildp

Ildp holdtime-multiplier

Ildp Ildpdu

Ildp reinit-delay

lldp tx-delay

Ildp tx-interval

Description

Syntax Items Description
Ildp Enable the function of LLDP.
Ildp holdtime-multiplierSet the multiplier used for calculating the LLDP discovery packet hold time.<2-10> - Set the LLDP hold time multiplier.Related Syntax:# Ildp holdtime-multiplier <2-10>
Ildp lldpdubridging - The LLDP packets will be bridging when LLDP is disabledPeopleing - The LLDP packets will be filtered and deleted when LLDP is disabled.flooding - The LLDP packets will be flooded and forwarded to all interfaces when LLDP is disabled.Related Syntax:# Ildp lldpdu bridging# lldp lldpdu filtering# lldp lldpdu flooding
lldp reinit-delay Set the LLDP re-initial delay to avoid LLDP generating too many PDU.<1-10> - Specify a number for LLDP server to initialize.Related Syntax:# lldp reinit-delay <1-10>
lldp tx-delay Set the delay timebetween the successful LLDP frame transmissions.<1-8191> - Enter the number of delay time.Note that both tx-interval and tx-delay will affect the LLDP PDU TX time.Related Syntax:# lldp tx-delay <1-8191>
lldp tx-interval Set the LLDP TXinterval.<5-32767> - Enter the interval in unit of second.Related Syntax:# lldp tx-interval <5-32767>

Example

P1282# configure

P1282(config)#

P1282(config)# lldp holdtime-multiplier 5

P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: logging

Use this command to set logging service on VigorSwitch.

Syntax Items

logging

logging buffered

logging console

logging file

logging host

Description

Syntax Items Description
loggingEnable the logging service.
logging buffered Store the log message in the RAM.
logging console Specify the logging level.<0-7> - Specify the logging level by entering a number (from EMEGR-DEBUG).Related Syntax:# logging console# logging console severity <0-7>
logging file Store the log message in the flash.<0-7> - Specify the logging level by entering a number (from EMEGR-DEBUG).Related Syntax:# logging file severity <0-7>
logging host Define the logging server.
host- Enter an IP address of the remote (or local) server.facility-Specify the facility parameter for the syslog message.port <1-65535>- Enter a number for the remote server. Default is 514.severity <0-7>- Specify the logging level by entering a number (from EMEGR-DEBUG).- Define a name as the host.Related Syntax:#logging hostfacilityport <1-65535>#logging hostport <1-65535>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostseverity <0-7>facility#logging hostfacility#logging hostport <1-65535>#logging hostport <1-65535>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostseverity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-65535>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-65535>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-65535>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-65535>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-65535>facility#empty hostport <1-65535>#logging hostport <1-65535>#logging hostport <1-65535>#logging hostport <1-65535>#logging hostport <1-65535>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65535>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65635>#logging hostport <1-65635>#logging hostport <1-65635>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65635>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65635>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65635>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65635>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65635>severity <0-7>facility##logging hostport <1-65635>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65635>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65635>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65635>severity <0-7>facility#logging hostport <1-65635>severity <0-7>facility#######

Example

P1282# configure

P1282(config)#

P1282(config)# logging host aa:00::1a:FF facility local1

Telnet Command: logmail

Use this command to configure log mail.

Syntax Items

logmail active

logmail auth

logmail category

logmail encpassword

logmail encry

logmail password

logmail port

logmail receiver

logmail sender

logmail server

logmail username

Description

Syntax Items Description
logmail active- Enable or disable the function of log mail.Related Syntax:# logmail active
logmail auth- Enable or disable the function of SMTP server authentication.Related Syntax:# logmail auth
logmail category# logmail category# logmail category- Enter the password for SMTP server encrypt authentication.Related Syntax:# logmail encpassword
logmail encpassword Set SMTPencrypt authentication password.- Enter the password for SMTP server encrypt authentication.Related Syntax:# logmail encpassword
logmail encry- Specify the encryption type for mail alert.Related Syntax:# logmail encry
logmail password- Enter the password for SMTP server authentication.Related Syntax:# logmail password
logmail port <0-65535>- Entera port number.Related Syntax:# logmail port <0-65535>
logmail receiver Specify an address for receiving the alert mail.- Enter the email address of the receiver.Related Syntax:# logmail receiver
logmail sender Specify an address which sends out the alert mail.- Enter the email address of the sender.Related Syntax:# logmail
logmail serverSet the IP address of the server.- Enter the IP address of the SMTP server.Related Syntax:# logmail server
logmail username - Enter the username authenticated by STMP server.Related Syntax:# logmail username

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# logmail receiver carrie_ni@draytek.com
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: loop-protection

Use this command to set loop-protection.

Syntax Items

loop-protection action

loop-protection periodicTime

loop-protection state

Description

Syntax Items Description
loop-protection actionSpecify an action to be taken when the loop is happened.- Specify one action to be executed.Related Syntax:# loop-protection action
loop-protection periodicTimeSend the loop protection packets to the network hosts.<1-3>- Enter the number of the packet.Related Syntax:# Related Syntax:# loop-protection periodicTime <1-3>
loop-protection state- Enable or disable the function of loop protection.Related Syntax:# loop-protection state

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# loop-protection state enable
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: mac

Use this command to create a MAC access list.

Syntax Items

mac acl

mac address-table

Description

Syntax Items Description
mac acl - Set the name of the access list (ACL).To configure detailed settings, enter the name of ACL to access
into next level.#mac aclThen, available sub-commands are:#deny#do#end#exit#permit#sequence
Use the "deny" command to add deny rules for the MAC access list://- Specify the source and destination MAC addresses and subnet masks.cos <0-7><0-7> - Set the cos value and the cos mask for a packet.<0x0600-0xFFFF> - Set the EtherType of the packet.Shutdown - Disable the Ethernet interface.vlan <1-4094> - Specify the VLAN ID of the packet.any - Any MAC address.Related Syntax:●#deny//<A:B:C:D:E:F>/<A:B:C:D:E:F><A:B:C:D:E:F>cos <0-7><0-7>●#deny//<A:B:C:D:E:F>/<A:B:C:D:E:F>/<A:B:C:D:E:F>cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype<0x0600-0xFFFF>●#deny//<A:B:C:D:E:F>/<A:B:C:D:E:F>cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype<0x0600-0xFFFF> shutdown●#deny//<A:B:C:D:E:F>/<A:B:C:D:E:F><A:B:C:D:E:F>cos <0-7><0-7> shutdown●#deny//<A:B:C:D:E:F>/<A:B:C:D:E:F><A:B:C:D:E:F>ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF>●#deny//<A:B:C:D:E:F>/<A:B:C:D:E:F><A:B:C:D:E:F>ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF> shutdown●#deny//<A:B:C:D:E:F>/<A:B:C:D:E:F><A:B:C:D:E:F>shutdown●#deny any//<A:B:C:D:E:F>/<A:B:C:D:E:F><A:B:C:D:E:F>cos <0-7><0-7>●#deny any//<A:B:C:D:E:F>/<A:B:C:D:E:F><A:B:C:D:E:F>cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype<0x0600-0xFFFF>●#deny any//<A:B:C:D:E:F>/<A:B:C:D:E:F><A:B:C:D:E:F>cos <0-7><0-7> shutdown●#deny any cos <0-7><0-7>●#deny any cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype<0x0600-0xFFFF> shutdown●#deny any cos <0-7><0-7> shutdown●#deny any cos <0-7><0-7> shutdown●#deny any cos <0-7><0-7> shutdown●#deny any cos <0-7><0-7> shutdown●#deny any cos <0-7><0-7> shutdown●#deny any cos <0-7><0-7> shutdown●#deny any cos <0-7><0-7> shutdown●#deny any cos <0.600-0xFFFF>•#deny any any ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF> shutdown•#deny any any shutdown•#deny any any vlan <1-4094>•#deny any any vlan <1-4094> cos <0-7><0-7>•#deny any any vlan <1-4094> cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF>•#deny any any vlan <1-4094> cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF> shutdown•#deny any any vlan <1-4094> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF>•#deny any any vlan <1-4094> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF> shutdown•#deny any any vlan <1-4094> shutdown
Use the “do” command to run execution command in current mode.-Related Syntax:•#do
Use the “end” command to finish current mode. Any changes in current mode will be saved.Related Syntax:•#end
Use the “exit” command to close the current CLI session or return to the previous mode without saving the settings.Related Syntax:•#exit
Use the “no sequence” command to delete any entry in management ACL.<1-65535>- Specify an index number of the ACL.Related Syntax:•#no sequence <1-65535>
Use the “permit” command to add permit rules which bypass the packets meet the rule./- Specify the source and destination MAC addresses and subnet masks.cos <0-7><0-7> - Set the cos value and the cos mask for a packet.<0x0600-0xFFFF> - Set the EtherType of the packet.Shutdown - Disable the Ethernet interface.vlan <1-4094> - Specify the VLAN ID of the packet.any - Any MAC address.Related Syntax:•#permit/cos <0-7><0-7>•#permit/cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF>•#permit/vlan <1-4094>•#permit/vlan <1-4094>•#permit#permit#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any•#permit any
Use the “sequence” command to deny or permit the ACL.<1-2147483647> - Enter the sequence index ACE. The sequence represents the priority of the ACE in the ACL./- Specify the source and destination MAC addresses and subnet masks.cos <0-7><0-7> - Set the cos value and the cos mask for a packet.<0x0600-0xFFFF> - Set the EtherType of the packet.shutdown - Disable the Ethernet interface.vlan <1-4094> - Specify the VLAN ID of the packet.any - Any MAC address.Related Syntax:•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence < 1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-21 4783647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-214748364 7>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/•#sequence <1-2147483647>deny/

#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any //cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF>
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any //cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF> shutdown
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any //cos <0-7><0-7> shutdown
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any cos <0-7><0-7>
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF>
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF> shutdown
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any cos <0-7><0-7> shutdown
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF>
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF> shutdown
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any shutdown
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any vlan <1-4094>
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any vlan <1-4094> cos <0-7><0-7>
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any vlan <1-4094> cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF>
- #sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any vlan <1-4094> cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF> shutdown
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any vlan <1-4094> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF>
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any vlan <1-4094> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF> shutdown
#sequence <1-2147483647>deny any any vlan <1-4094> shutdown
#sequence <1-2147483647>permit / / cos <0-7><0-7>
#sequence <1-2147483647>permit / / cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF>
#sequence <1-2147483647>permit / / ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF>
#sequence <1-2147483647>permit / / vlan <1-4094>
#sequence <1-2147483647>permit / / vlan <1-4094> cos <0-7><0-7>
#sequence <1-2147483647>permit / / vlan <1-4094> cos <0-7><0-7> ethtype <0x0600-0xFFFF>
#sequence <1-2147483647>permit

/

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)# mac acl test_CA
P1282(config-mac-acl)# deny 00:50:00:7f:12:11/00:00:00:00:10:20
00:50:00:aa:bb:cc/00:00:00:00:12:00 cos 3 2 ethtype 0x0600
P1282(config-mac-acl)# deny any 00:50:00:7f:12:11/00:00:00:00:10:20 cos 5 6 ethtype 0x0600
P1282(config-mac-acl)# deny any
P1282(config)# mac address-table static 00:50:07:12:ff:aa vlan 300 drop 

Telnet Command: mailalert

Use this command to configure mail alert for various conditions.

Syntax Items

mailalert active
mailalert auth
mailalert devicecheck
mailalert encpassword
mailalert encry
mailalert hwmon
mailalert interval
mailalert ipconflict
mailalert password
mailalert poestatus
mailalert port
mailalert portlink
mailalert portspeed
mailalert receiver
mailalert sender
mailalert server
mailalert sysrestart
mailalert throughputcheck
mailalert username 

Description

Syntax Items Description
mailalert active- Enable or disable the function of mail alert.Related Syntax:# mailalert active
mailalert auth- Enable or disable the function of SMTP server authentication.Related Syntax:# mailalert auth
mailalert devicecheck- Enable or disable the function of sending a mail alert when encountering a device check error.Related Syntax:# mailalert devicecheck
mailalert encpassword- Set a encryption authentication password for the mail alert.Related Syntax:# mailalert encpassword
mailalert encry Specify the encryption type for mail alert.
-Related Syntax:# mailalert encry
mailalert hwmon Send a mail alert when hardware monitor error.- Enable or disable the function.Related Syntax:# mailalert hwmon
mailalert interval Set the transmission interval for the mail alert.<1-60>- Unit is second.Related Syntax:# mailalert interval <1-60>
mailalert ipconflict- Enable or disable the function of sending a mail alert if encountering the IP conflict.Related Syntax:# mailalert ipconflict
mailalert password- Enter the password for SMTP server authentication.Related Syntax:# mailalert password
mailalert poestatus- Enable or disable the function of sending a mail alert when PoE status is changed.Related Syntax:# mailalert poestatus
mailalert port <0-65535>- Enter a port number.Related Syntax:# mailalert port <0-65535>
mailalert portlink- Enable or disable the function of sending an alert when the port Inik status changes.Related Syntax:# mailalert portlink
mailalert portspeed- Enable or disable the function of sending an alert when the port link speed changes.Related Syntax:# mailalert portspeed
mailalert receiver Specify an address for receiving the alert mail.- Enter the email address of the receiver.Related Syntax:# mailalert receiver
mailalert sender Specify an address which sends out the alert mail.- Enter the email address of the sender.Related Syntax:# mailalert sender
mailalert server Set the IP address of the server.- Enter the IP address of the SMTP server.Related Syntax:# mailalert server
mailalert sysrestart-Enable or disable the function of sending a mail alert when the system restarts.Related Syntax:
# mailalert sysrestart
mailalert throughputcheck- Enable or disable the function of sending a mail alert when reaching the throughput threshold.Related Syntax:# mailalert throughputcheck
mailalert username- Enter the username authenticated by STMP server.Related Syntax:# mailalert username

Example

P1282# configure

P1282(config)#

P1282(config)# mailalert receiver carrie_ni@draytek.com

Telnet Command: management-vlan

Use this command to set VLAN ID for management VLAN.

Syntax Items

management-vlan vlan

Description

Syntax Items Description
management-vlan vlan Set themanagement VLAN ID.<1-4094>- Specify the VLAN ID number of management VLAN.Related Syntax:# management-vlan vlan <1-4094>

Example

P1282# configure

P1282(config)#

P1282(config)# management-vlan vlan 200

VLAN 200: VLAN does not exist

P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: mirror

Use this command to set the source / destination interface of a port mirror session.

Syntax Items

mirror session

Description

Syntax Items Description
mirror sessionSet the destination interface of a port mirror session.<1-4> - Specify the mirror session ID number.GigabitEthernet <1-28> - Specify a physical port as the SPAN destination.LAG <1-8> - Specify a LAG port.allow-ingress - Enable the ingress traffic forwarding.- Specify the mirror direction, TX only, RX only or TX and RX.Related Syntax:# mirror session <1-4> destination interface GigabitEthernet <1-28> allow-ingress# mirror session <1-4> source interfaces GigabitEthernet <1-28># mirror session <1-4> source interfaces LAG <1-8>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# mirror session 3 destination interface GigabitEthernet 3 allow
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# mirror session 3 source interfaces LAG 3 both
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: no

Use this command to disable specific command.

Syntax Items

no <command> 

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# no port-security
P1282(config)# 

Telnet Command: openvpn

Use this command to enable/disable the OpenVPN tunnel.

Syntax Items

openvpn enable
openvpn disable
openvpn filename 

Description

Syntax Items Description
enable Enable the OpenVPN tunnel.
disable Disable the OpenVPN tunnel.
filename- Define a name for OpenVPN configuration.Related Syntax:# openvpn filename

Example

P1282# configure
G1282(config)#openvpn enable
killall: openvpn: no process killed
P1282(config)# 

Telnet Command: poe

Use this command configure settings for PoE device.

Syntax Items

poe mode

poe schedule

Description

Syntax Items Description
poe modeauto - VigorSwitch determines the power watts for PoE device based on actual demand.manual - VigorSwitch will supply actual power demand for the PoE device and reserved PD class power for the PoE device. none - VigorSwitch does not supply any power for the PoE device.Related Syntax:# poe mode auto# poe mode manual# poe mode none
poe scheduleSpecify a schedule for PoE device.global-enable - Enable the global setting.index <1-24> - Specify the index number of the schedule profiles.Related Syntax:# poe schedule global-enable# poe schedule index <1-24>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# poe

Telnet Command: qos

Use this command to configure QoS settings.

Syntax Items

qos

qos map

qos queue

qos trust

Description

Syntax Items Description
qosEnable the quality of service based on basic trust type to assign the queue for packets.Related Syntax:# qos
qos map map cos-queue - Set the CoS to queue map.map dscp-queue - Set the DSCP to queue map.map precedence-queue - Set the IP Precedence to queue map.map queue-cos - Modify the queue to CoS map.map queue-dscp - Modify the queue to DSCP map.map queue-precedence - Modify the queue to IP precedence
map.<1-8> - Specify the queue number for the following CoS values mapped.<1-8> - Specify the queue number to which the DSCP value shall correspond.<1-8> - Specify the queue number to which the IP precedence value shall correspond.<0-7> - Enter the cos value to which the queue ID shall correspond.<0-7> - Enter the DSCP value to which the queue ID shall correspond.<0-7> - Enter the IP precedence value to which the queue ID shall correspond.Related Syntax:# qos map cos-queue SEQUENCE to <1-8># qos map dscp-queue SEQUENCE to <1-8># qos map precedence-queue SEQUENCE to <1-8># qos map queue-cos SEQUENCE to <0-7># qos map queue-dscp SEQUENCE to <0-7># qos map queue-precedence SEQUENCE to <0-7>
qos queuequeue strict-priority-num - Set the number of strict priority queue.queue weight SEQUENCE - Set the number of non-strict priority queue.<0-8> - Specify the queue number. <1-127> - Specify a number (1~127) representing queue weight value.Related Syntax:# qos queue strict-priority-num <0-8># qos queue weight SEQUENCE <1-127>
qos trustSet the trust type, cos, for the device to judge the appropriate queue of the packets.Related Syntax:# qos trust#

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# qos map cos-queue SEQUENCE to 3
P1282(config)# 

Telnet Command: schedule

Use this command to set schedule.

Syntax Items

schedule index

Description

Syntax Items Description
schedule indexSpecify an index number for configuring detailed settings of a schedule profile.<1-15> - Enter a number to select a schedule profile.
-Give a brief description for such profile.cycle-days - The action applied with the schedule will take place every few days.monthly-date - The action applied with the schedule will take place in specified day within a month.once - The action applied with the schedule will take place for one time.weekdays - The action applied with the schedule will take place on a certain day within a week.<1-31>- Enter a number to make action repeat.- Represent month of April, August, December, February, January, July, June, March, May, November, October, and September.- Enter a number as the start date within a month.<2000-2035>- Enter the number as the year of start date.- Enter the hours and the minutes.- Enable (on) or disable (off) the action applied with such profile.Related Syntax:# schedule index <1-15> description# schedule index <1-15> how-often cycle-days <1-31> start-date <1-31> <2000-2035> start-timeduration# schedule index <1-15> how-often monthly-date <1-31> start-date <1-31> <2000-2035> start-timeduration# schedule index <1-15> how-often once start-date <1-31> <2000-2035> start-timeaction# schedule index <1-15> how-often weekdays <1-31> start-date <1-31> <2000-2035> duration

Example

P1282# configure

P1282(config)#

P1282(config)# schedule index 1 how-often cycle-days 3 start-date jan 1 2019 start-time 08:01 duraton 17:30 action on

P1282(config)# schedule index 2 how-often weekdays sun start-date may 11 2019 start-time 02:10 duration 12:10 action on

P1282(config)#

Use this command to define SNMP community.

Syntax Items

snmp community

snmp engineid

snmp group

snmp host

snmp trap

snmp user

snmp view

Description

Syntax Items Description
snmp communitysnmp community - Set community name for SNMP v1 and v2, and access group name.Available parameters for SNMP community:after community - Enter a string (maximum length: 20 characters) as community name.after group - Enter a string (maximum length: 30 characters) as access group.ro - Set the community as read only.rw - Set the community as read and write.Related Syntax:# snmp communitygroup# snmp communityro# snmp communityrw# snmp communityviewro# snmp community viewrw
snmp engineid snmp engineidSet the remote host for SNMP engine.default - Reset to default setting of engine ID for SNMP server.- Such number must be 10 ~ 64 hexadecimal.- Enter the IP address of the remote SNMP server.- Enter the host name of the remote SNMP server.- Enter the IPv6 address for remote SNMP server.Related Syntax:# snmp engineid# snmp engineid default# snmp engineid remote# snmp engineid remote# snmp engineid remote# snmp engineid remote
snmp group snmp group - Set the SNMP group.- Specify the name of SNMP group.version <1/2c/3>- Specify the version of SNMP service.- Specify the packet authentication mode. "auth" means to perform packet authentication without encryption. It is applicable for SNMPv3 only. "noauth" means no packet authentication performed. "priv" means to perform packet authentication with encryption and also it is applicable for SNMPv3 only.read-view- Set the view name to enable agent configuration.notify-view- Set the view name to send only trap included in SNMP view for notification.write-view- Set the view name to enable viewing.Related Syntax:# snmp groupversion <1/2c/3>read-view# snmp groupversion <1/2c/3>read-viewnotify-view# snmp groupversion <1/2c/3>read-viewnotify-viewwrite-view
snmp hostsnmp host - Set a host to receive SNMP notifications.- Enter the IPv4/IPv6 address or host name of the receipt.version <1/2c/3> - Specify the version of SNMP service.- Set the community name sent with the notification.udp-port <1-65535> - Set the UDP port number.timeout <1-300> - Set the timeout of V2c informs.retries <1-255> - Enter the retry counter of V2c informs.Related Syntax:Set a host to receive SNMP notifications.# snmp hostretries <1-255># snmp hosttimeout <1-300># snmp hostudp-port<1-65535> retries <1-255># snmp hostudp-port<1-65535> timeout <1-300>
Set a host to receive SNMP notifications. Notification type is informs.# snmp hostinformsretries <1-255># snmp hostinformstimeout <1-300># snmp hostinformstimeout <1-300> # snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535># snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535> retries <1-255># snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535> timeout <1-300># snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535> timeouts <1-300> # snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535> # snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535> # snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535> # snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535> # snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535> # snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-6553 3> # snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535> # snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535> # snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535> # snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-65535> # snmp host# infroms udp-port <1-6553
retries <1-255>
Set a host to receive SNMP notifications. Notification type is traps.# snmp hosttraps# snmp hosttraps<1-255># snmp hosttraps<1-300># snmp hosttraps<1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hosttraps version<1/2c/3><NAME>retries <1-255># snmp hosttraps version<1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hosttraps version<1/2c/3><NAME>udp-port <1-65535># snmp hosttraps version<1/2c/3><NAME>udp-port <1-65535>retries <1-255># snmp hosttraps version<1/2c/3><NAME>udp-port <1-65535>timeout <1-300># snmp hosttraps version<1/2c/3><NAME>udp-port <1-65535>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>outretries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout<1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion < 1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3></name>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><name>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><name>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><name>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><name>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><name>retries <1-300># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><name>retries <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><name>retries <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><name>retries <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><name>retries <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp HostNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snpm host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME## snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp host HOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snpm hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME## snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snpm hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME## snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hosthostNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snmp hostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snmp HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME## snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME## snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME# snpm HostHOSTNAME$nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnp mt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt HostHOSTNAME# nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY# nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY# nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY# nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY# nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY# nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY# nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY# nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY# nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY# nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY# nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY# nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY## nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY## nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY## nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY## nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY## nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY## nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY## nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY## nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY## nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY## nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY## nsnpmt Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAMY## noct Host CoastNAmY## noct Host CoastNAmY## noct Host CoastNAmY## noct Host CoastNAmY## noct Host CoastNAmY## noct Host CoastNAmY## noct Host CoastNAmY## noct Host CoastNAmY## noct Host CoastNAmY## noct Host CoastNAmY## noct Host CoastNAmY## noct Host CoastNAmY## noct Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAmY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## nocl Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAnY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noci Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## no i Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAnY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## no i Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastN AmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noj Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastNAmY## noi Host CoastN\rmnspmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt Hsontabccmnt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostHOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME## snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snppmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt Hsontabccmnt HostHOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME## snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# sn pmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt : HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSTNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snspt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSATNAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpmt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NAME# snpunt HostOSAT NTSTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTANTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNTNT<1-255>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME informsudp-port <1-65535># snmp host HOSTNAME informsudp-port <1-65535>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME informsudp-port <1-65535>timeout <1-300># snmp host HOSTNAME informsudp-port <1-65535>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME traps# snmp host HOSTNAME trapsretries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME trapstimeout <1-300># snmp host HOSTNAME trapstimeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME trapsudp-port <1-65535># snmp host HOSTNAME trapsudp-port <1-65535>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME trapsudp-port <1-65535>timeout <1-300># snmp host HOSTNAME trapsudp-port <1-65535>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>udp-port <1-65535># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>udp-port < 1-65535>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300># snmp host HOSTNAME traps version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp hosts HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255)# snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version < 1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3>timeout <1-300>retries <1-255># snmp host HOSTNAME version <1/2c/3><

# snmp host retries <1-255>
# snmp host retries <1-255> timeout <1-300>
# snmp host retries <1-255> timeout <1-300> retries <1-255>
# snmp host udp-port <1-65535>
# snmp host udp-port <1-65535> retries <1-255>
# snmp host udp-port <1-65535> timeout <1-300>
# snmp host udp-port <1-65535> timeout <1-300> retries <1-255>
# snmp host informs
# snmp host informs retries <1-255>
# snmp host informs timeout <1-300>
# snmp host informs retries <1-255> timeout <1-300> retries <1-255>
# snmp host informs udp-port <1-65535>
# snmp host informs udp-port <1-65535> retries <1-255>
# snmp host informs udp-port <1-65535> timeout <1-300>
# snmp host informs udp-port <1-65535> timeout <1-300> retries <1-255>
# snmp host traps
# snmp host traps retries <1-255>
# snmp host traps timeout <1-300>
# snmp host traps timeout <1-300> retries <1-255>
# snmp host traps udp-port <1-65535>
# snmp host traps udp-port <1-65535> retries <1-255>
# snmp host traps udp-port <1-65535> timeout <1-300>
# snmp host traps udp-port <1-65535> timeout <1-300> retries <1-255>
# snmp host version <1/2c/3>
# snmp host version <1/2c/3> retries <1-255>
# snmp host version <1/2c/3> timeout <1-300>
# snmp host version <1/2c/3> timeout <1-300> retries <1-255>
# snmp host version <1/2c/3> udp-port <1-65535>
# snmp host version <1/2c/3> udp-port <1-65535> retries <1-255>
# snmp host version <1/2c/3>

<NAME> udp-port <1-65535> timeout <1-300># snmp hostversion <1/2c/3><NAME> udp-port <1-65535> timeout <1-300> retries <1-255>
snmp trap snmp trap - Send theSNMP traps.auth - Enable the SNMP authentication failure trap.cold-start - Enable the SNMP cold startup failure trap.linkUpDown - Enable the SNMP link up and down failure trap.wort-security - Enable the SNMP port security trap.Warm-start - Enable the SNMP warm startup failure trap.Related Syntax:# snmp trap <auth / cold-start / linkUpDown / port-security / warm-start>
snmp user snmp user - Set SNMPuser account.- Specify a name of SNMP user.- Sepcify a name of SNMP group.auth-Specify the authentication mode, md5 or sha.- Enter the password for the md5/sha mode.Pri- Enter a password as a privacy key.Related Syntax:# snmp user <username><groupNAME># snmp user <username><groupNAME>auth <md5/sha><AUTHPASSWD># snmp user <username><groupNAME>auth <md5/sha><AUTHPASSWD>priv <PRIVPASSWD>
snmp view snmp view - Set theSNMP view.- Enter the SNMP view name.Subtree-OID>- Specify the ASN.1 subtree object identifier (OID).oid-mask<mask/all>- Speicfy the OID mask, or use all for all masks.viewtype<exluded/included>- Let the selected MIBs include or exclude in the SNMP view.Related Syntax:# snmp view subtree<OID>oid-mask<mask>viewtype<excluded/included>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# snmp engineid remote 192.168.2.38 00036D001188
P1282(config)# snmp engineid remote 00:50::16:88 00036D002288
P1282(config)# snmp host 192.168.2.89 CAR_community udp-port 1500 timeout 200
P1282(config)# snmp host 192.168.2.88 informs version 2c CAR_community udp-port 3000 timeout 180 retries 35
P1282(config)# snmp host 192.168.2.88 traps version 2c CAR_traps udp-port 6500 timeout 60 retries 2
P1282(config)# snmp host 192.168.2.88 version 2c CAR_version udp-port 3000 timeout 60 retries 2
P1282(config)# snmp host HOSTNAME CAR_host udp-port 3000 timeout 60 retries
P1282(config)# snmp host HOSTNAME informs HA_informs udp-port 3000 timeout 60 retries 2
P1282(config)# snmp host HOSTNAME version 2c HT_version udp-port 3000 timeout 60 retries 2
P1282(config)# snmp user CA_user_1 CA_group_1 auth md5 CA12345678 priv PR12345678

P1282(config)# snmp view CAR_community subtree 10 oid-mask 9 viewtype included P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: sntp

Use this command to configure settings for remote SNTP server.

Syntax Items

sntp host

Description

Syntax Items Description
sntp hostSet the remote SNTP server by specifying IP address or hostname.- Enter the IP address or hostname of SNTP server.<1-65535>- Specify the port number for the SNTP server.Related Syntax:# sntp host# sntp host>> port <1-65535>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# sntp host KEY1245 port 3000
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: spanning-tree

Use this command to configure settings for spanning-tree.

Syntax Items

spanning-tree

spanning-tree bpdu

spanning-tree forward-delay

spanning-tree hello-time

spanning-tree maximum-age

spanning-tree mode

spanning-tree pathcost

spanning-tree priority

spanning-tree tx-hold-count

Description

Syntax Items Description
spanning-tree Enable the function of spanning-tree.Related Syntax:# spanning-tree
spanning-tree bpdu Filter/floodthe BPDU packets.- Packets will be filtered when STP is disabled on specified interface.- Packets will be flooded to all interfaces with STP disabled and flooding mode.Related Syntax:# spanning-tree bpdu
spanning-tree forward-delay Set the STP forward delay time.<4-30> - Default value is 15 (seconds).Related Syntax:# spanning-tree forward-delay <4-30>
spanning-tree hello-time Set the hello time interval to broadcast the message to other bridges.<1-10> - Default value is 2 (seconds).Related Syntax:# spanning-tree hello-time <1-10>
spanning-tree maximum-age Set the time interval for VigorSwitch to wait without receiving the configuration message.<6-40> - Default value is 20 (seconds).Related Syntax:# spanning-tree maximum-age <6-40>
spanning-tree mode# spanning-tree mode- Specify the operation mode for spanning tree, such as multiple spanning tree (MSTP), rapid spanning tree (RSTP) or spanning tree (STP).Related Syntax:# spanning-tree mode
spanning-tree pathcost Set the path-cost method for spanning tree.- Long means the path cost ranging from 1 to 200000000; short means the path cost ranging from 1 to 65535.Related Syntax:# spanning-tree pathcost method
spanning-tree prioritySet the priority for the specified instance ID.<0-61440> - The number must be multiple of 4096.Related Syntax:# spanning-tree priority <0-61440>
spanning-tree tx-hold-count Set the maximum number of packets transmission per second.<1-10> - Valid range is from 1 to 10.Related Syntax:# spanning-tree tx-hold-count <1-10>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# spanning-tree forward-delay 20
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# spanning-tree maximum-age 38
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# spanning-tree tx-hold-count 3
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: start-up

Use this command to restart ICP status after rebooting VigorSwitch.

Syntax Items

start-up icp

Description

Syntax Items Description
start-up icp Related Syntax:

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# start-up icp enable
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: storm-control

Use this command to configure settings for Storm Control.

Syntax Items

storm-control ifg exclude storm-control ifg include storm-control unit bps storm-control unit pps

Description

Syntax Items Description
storm-control ifg excludeExclude the preamble and IFG (inter frame gap) into the calculating.Related Syntax:# storm-control ifg exclude
storm-control ifg include Includethe preamble and IFG (inter frame gap) into the calculating.Related Syntax:# storm-control ifg include
storm-control unit bps Changethe unit of calculating method for storm-control.bps - Calculate the storm control rate by octet-based.Related Syntax:# storm-control unit bps
storm-control unit pps Changethe unit of calculating method for storm-control.pps - Calculate the storm control rate by packet-based.Related Syntax:# storm-control unit pps

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# storm-control ifg exclude
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# storm-control unit bps
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: surveillance-vlan

Use this command to configure settings for surveillance-VLAN.

Syntax Items

surveillance-vlan surveillance-vlan aging-time

surveillance-vlan cos

Use this command to modify the contact information of VigorSwitch.

Syntax Items

system contact

system location

system name

Description

Syntax Items Description
system contact- Enter a string (maximum length: 256 characters). Related Syntax:
# system contact
system locationSpecify the location of the host.Related Syntax:# system location
system name- Change the name of the system. The default name is "P1282".Related Syntax:# system name

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# system contact callMIS
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# system location DrayTek
P1282(config)# system name UPDATEFRIM
UPDATEFRIM(config)# 

Telnet Command: tr069

Use this command to configure parameter settings of TR-069.

Syntax Items

tr069 acsPwd
tr069 acsUsername
tr069 acsurl
tr069 cpeEnable
tr069 cpePwd
tr069 cpeUsername
tr069 cpeport
tr069 healthlinkstatus
tr069 healthpoewarning
tr069 healthspeedstatus
tr069 periodicInfo
tr069 periodicTime
tr069 ssl
tr069 stun
tr069 stunMAXkeepalive
tr069 stunMINkeepalive
tr069 stunaddr
tr069 stunport
tr069 tls 

Description

Syntax Items Description
tr069 acsPwd- Enter the password used for registering to VigorACS server.Related Syntax:# tr069 acsPwd
tr069 acsUsername- Enter the username used for registering to VigorACS server.Related Syntax:# tr069 acsUsername
tr069 acsurl- Enter the URL for VigorACS server.Related Syntax:# tr069 acsurl
tr069 cpeEnable- Enter Enable for VigorACS controlling such CPE through the Internet.Related Syntax:# tr069 cpeEnable
tr069 cpePwd- Enter the password that VigorACS server can use it to authenticate and control the CPE device.Related Syntax:# tr069 cpePwd
tr069 cpeUsername- Enter the username that VigorACS server can use it to authenticate and control the CPE device.Related Syntax:# tr069 cpeUsername
tr069 cpeport <0-65535> - Enter the port number for CPE.Related Syntax:# tr069 cpeport <0-65535>
tr069 healthlinkstatusPerform the health check for the link status of specified interface(s).- Specify the interface, such as GE1, GE3-GE5 and so on.Related Syntax:# tr069 healthlinkstatus
tr069 healthpoewarningPerform the health check for PoE port warning status.- Specify the interface, such as GE1, GE3-GE5 and so on.Related Syntax:# tr069 healthpoewarning
tr069 healthspeedstatus Perform the health check for link speed status of specified interface(s).- Specify the interface, such as GE1, GE3-GE5 and so on.Related Syntax:# tr069 healthspeedstatus
tr069 periodicInfo- Enter Enable to activate periodic information setting.Related Syntax:# tr069 periodicInfo
tr069 periodicTimeTIME Update the CPE information to VigorACS server.Related Syntax:# tr069 periodicTime TIME
tr069 ssl- Enter Enable to enable CPE management protocol with SSL.Related Syntax:# tr069 ssl
tr069 stun- Enter Enable to enable CPE management protocol with STUN server.Related Syntax:
# tr069 stun
tr069 stunMAXkeepaliveSet the maximum time period for CPE to send the binding request to VigorACS server.<0-65535> - Enter a number.Related Syntax:# tr069 stunMAXkeepalive <0-65535>
tr069 stunMINkeepaliveSet the minimum time period for CPE to send the binding request to VigorACS server.<0-65535> - Enter a number.Related Syntax:# tr069 stunMINkeepalive <0-65535>
tr069 stunaddr- Enter the URL/IP address of STUN server.Related Syntax:# tr069 stunaddr
tr069 stunport<0-65535> - Set the port number for STUN server.Related Syntax:# tr069 stunport <0-65535>
tr069 tls Set TLS version (1.2 or 1.3).Related Syntax:# tr069 tls version

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# tr069 stunaddr 192.168.3.99
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: username

Use this command to add a new user account or edit an existing user account.

Syntax Items

username

Description

Syntax Items Description
usernameprivilege - Set a user account with the privilege of admin, user or customized level.secret - Set a user account with unencrypted password.secret encrypted - Set a user account with encrypted password.- Enter the name (0~32 characters) of the local user profile.- Specify the privilege level to be admin (privilege 15) / user (privilege 1).- Enter a string as the password for the local user.Related Syntax:# usernameprivilegesecret# usernamesecret# usernamesecret encrypted

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# username carrie_1 privilege admin secret md123456
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# username carrie_1 secret encrypted ca123456
Old password: *****
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: vlan

Use this command to configure detailed settings for VLAN profile.

Before configuring, you have to access into next phase. See the following example:

P1282# configure
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# vlan 3
P1282(config-vlan)# 

Syntax Items

vlan vlan-list

vlan mac-vlan group

Description

Syntax Items Description
vlan vlan-listSpecify the index number of VLAN profile. To configure detailed settings, access into next level.- The available range is 1 to 4094.# vlan 33#Then, available sub-commands are:#do#end#exit#name
Use the "do" command to run execution command in current mode.-Related Syntax:#do
Use the "end" command to finish current mode. Any changes in current mode will be saved.Related Syntax:#end
Use the "exit" command to close the current CLI session or return to the previous mode without saving the settings.Related Syntax:#exit
Use the "name" command to add a VLAN profile.- Enter the name of the VLAN profile.Related Syntax:#name
vlan mac-vlan group Create a MAC-vlan group.
<1-2147483647> - Specify a group ID.<A:B:C:D:E:F> - Enter the MAC address to be mapped.<9-48> - Enter a number representing the subnet mask.Related Syntax:# vlan mac-vlan group <1-2147483647><A:B:C:D:E:F> mask <9-48>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)# vlan 3
P1282(config-vlan)#
P1282(config-vlan)# name vlan_friends
P1282(config-vlan)#
...
P1282(config)# vlan mac-vlan group 33 00:50:17:22:12:ff mask 10
P1282(config)# vlan group 1 frame-type ethernet_ii protocol-value 0x0600
P1282(config)#

Telnet Command: voice-vlan

Use this command to enable voice VLAN and configure settings for voice VLAN.

Syntax Items

voice-vlan aging-time

voice-vlan cos

voice-vlan oui-table

voice-vlan vlan

Description

Syntax Items Description
voice-vlan aging-time Set the voice VLAN aging timeout interval.<30-65536> - The unit is minute. Default is 1440 (minutes).- Enter the name of the VLAN profile.Related Syntax:# voice-vlan aging-time <30-65536>
voice-vlan cosSet the voice VLAN cos value and remark function.Specify the class of service for voice VLAN.<0-7> - CoS value. Default is 6. Remark is disabled.remark - L2 user priority is remarked with the CoS value.Related Syntax:# voice-vlan cos <0-7> remark
voice-vlan oui-tableAdd or remove the selected OUI to/from the OUI table. In default, there are 8 OUI addresses.- Enter the OUI address.- Enter a brief description for the specified MAC address to the voice VLAN OUI table.Related Syntax:# voice-vlan cos <0-7> remark
voice-vlan vlan Set the VLAN identifier of the voice VLAN.<2-4094> - Enter the number of VLAN ID.Related Syntax:# voice-vlan vlan <2-4094>

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)# voice-vlan aging-time 1000
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# voice-vlan oui-table 22:30:ff test_01
P1282(config)#
P1282(config)# voice-vlan oui-table 00:01:E2 STAMP
P1282(config)# exit
P1282# show voice-vlan interfaces gigabitEthernet 1
Voice VLAN Aging : 1000 minutes
Voice VLAN CoS : 6
Voice VLAN 1p Remark: disabled

OUI table
    OUI MAC | Description
----+----
    00:E0:BB | 3COM
    00:03:6B | Cisco
    00:E0:75 | Veritel
    00:D0:1E | Pingtel
    00:01:E3 | Siemens
    00:60:B9 | NEC/Philips
    00:0F:E2 | H3C
    00:09:6E | Avaya
    22:30:FF | test_01
    00:01:E2 | STAMP

Port | State | Port Mode | Cos Mode
----+----+----+----
gi1 | Disabled | Auto | Src
P1282# 

Telnet Command: webhook

Use this command to enable or disable the webhook service.

Syntax Items

webhook active

webhook host

webhook interval

webhook keep

Description

Syntax Items Description
webhook active- Enable or disable the webhook application.Related Syntax:# webhook active
webhook hostSpecify the destination (URL, domain name, IP address) to receive the data transferred by VigorSwitch.ip - Enter the IP address of the destination.path - Enter the path string (part of the composition of the URL) of the destination.port- Enter a port number (1-65535).service-Specify the protocol (http or https) of the destination.url- Enter the domain name (e.g., draytek.com) of the destination. Note that it is not necessary to enter this information if IP address has been set first.Related Syntax:#webhook host ip#webhook host path#webhook host port#webhook host service#webhook host url
webhook interval<1-60>- Set the transmission interval (unit is minute).Related Syntax:#webhook interval <1-60>
webhook keepsettings- Enable or disable the function of keep webhook settings.Related Syntax:#webhook keep settings

Example

P1282# configure
P1282(config)# webhook host service https
P1282(config)# webhook host url www.demo.com
P1282(config)# webhook host path Draytek/demo
P1282(config)# webhook host port 443
P1282(config)# webhook interval 2 

A-2-4 Copy Configuration

Use this command to upgrade firmware image, configuration file, syslog file, language file and security certificate.

Syntax Items

copy flash://

copy tftp://

copy startup-config

Description

Syntax Items Description
copy flash:// Related Syntax:# copy flash:// flash://# copy flash:// tftp://
copy startup-config running-config - Copy the startup configuration file to the running configuration.tftp://- Copy the startup configuration file to remote TFTP server with a filename.- Enter the IP address of TFTP sever.- Create a name to save the configuration file.Related Syntax:# copy startup-config tftp://
copy tftp:// running-config - Get the running configuration from specified
TFTP server. startup-config - Get the startup configuration from specified TFTP server. Related Syntax: # copy tftp:// flash:// # copy tftp:// startup-config # copy tftp:// tftp://

Example

P1282# copy startup-config tftp://172.16.3.8/test_da.cfg
Uploading file. Please wait...
Save configuration done.
P1282# 

A-2-5 Delete Configuration

Use this command to delete a file from the FLASH file system or restore the factory default settings of VigorSwitch.

Syntax Items

delete flash:// startup-config

delete startup-config

Description

Syntax Items Description
delete flash://startup-configDelete the startup configuration file in FLASH file system.Related Syntax:# delete flash://startup-config
delete startup-configRestore the factory default settings of VigorSwitch.Related Syntax:# delete startup-config

Example

P1282# delet flash://startup-config
Delete flash://startup-config [y/n] y
Do you want to reload the system to take effect? [y/n] y
... 

A-2-6 Disable Configuration

All commands used will be divided into EXEC mode and Privileged EXEC mode. This command is to turn off privileged mode command.

Default privilege level is 15 if no privilege level is specified on enable command.

Default privilege level is 1 if no privilege level is specified on disable command.

Syntax Items

disable

Description

Syntax Items Description
disable Enter a number to specify the privilege level.
Related Syntax:● # disable <1-14>

Example

P1282# disable ?
<1-14> Privilege level
<cr>
P1282# disable 3
P1282#
<1-14> Privilege level
<cr>
P1282# disable 3
P1282# 

A-2-7 End Configuration

Use this command to end current mode.

Syntax Items

end

Example

P1282(config)# interface GigabitEthernet 3
P1282(config-if)# end
P1282# 

A-2-8 Exit Configuration

Use this command to close current CLI session or return to previous mode.

Syntax Items

exit

Example

P1282(config)# interface GigabitEthernet 3
P1282(config-if)# exit
P1282(config)# 

A-2-9 Hardware-Monitor Configuration

Use this command to execute the hardware fan test.

Syntax Items

hardware-monitor fan-test

Example

P1282# hardware-monitor fan-test
P1282# 

A-2-10 Ping Configuration

Use this command to send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network hosts.

Syntax Items

ping

Description

Syntax Items Description
ping- Enter an IPv4/IPv6 address or a domain name to ping.<1-999999999> - Specify the number of repetitions of ping operation.Related Syntax:# pingcount <1-999999999>

Example

P1282# ping 192.168.1.11 count 3
PING 192.168.1.11 (192.168.1.11): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 192.168.1.11: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.0 ms
64 bytes from 192.168.1.11: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.0 ms
64 bytes from 192.168.1.11: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.0 ms
--- 192.168.1.11 ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.0/0.0/0.0 ms
P1282# 

A-2-11 Reboot Configuration

Use this command to perform a cold restart of VigorSwitch.

Syntax Items

reboot

Example

Use this command to restore the factory default settings for the system or for the selected port.

Syntax Items

restore-defaults

Description

Syntax Items Description
restore-defaults<1-28> - Enter the number (1 to 28) of LAN port.<1-8> - Enter the number of LAG port.Related Syntax:# restore-defaults# restore-defaults interfaces GigabitEthernet <1-28># restore-defaults interfaces LAG <1-8>

Example

P1282# restore-defaults interfaces gigabitethernet 3
Interface gi3: restore factory defaults.
P1282#
P1282# restore-default
System: restore factory defaults. Do you want to reboot now? (y/n)y 

A-2-13 Save Configuration

Use this command to save configuration and activate the settings.

Note that this command has the same effect as "copy running-config startup-config".

Syntax Items

save

Example

P1282# save

Success

P1282#

A-2-14 Show Configuration

After finished the command setting, use this command to display the configuration for all commands.

Syntax Items

show

Example

P1282# show acl utilization
Type: sys usage: 256
Type: IPSG usage: 128
Type: Auth usage: 128
P1282#
P1282#
P1282# show arp
Address HWtype HWaddress Flags Mask lface
192.168.1.55 ether 00:1D:AA:F0:26:08 C eth0
192.168.1.10 ether 00:05:5D:E4:D8:EE C eth0
P1282# show voice-vlan interfaces gigabitethernet 3
Voice VLAN Aging : 1440 minutes
Voice VLAN CoS : 6
Voice VLAN 1p Remark: disabled
OUI table
OUI MAC | Description
----+----
00:E0:BB | 3COM
00:03:6B | Cisco
00:E0:75 | Veritel
00:D0:1E | Pingtel
00:01:E3 | Siemens
00:60:B9 | NEC/Philips
00:0F:E2 | H3C
00:09:6E | Avaya 
Port | State | Port Mode | Cos Mode
----+----+----+----
gi3 | Disabled | Auto | Src
P1282# 

A-2-15 SSL Configuration

Use this command to generate security certificate files such as RSA, DSA.

After entering the command of SSL, follow the onscreen questions to give the required information.

Syntax Items

ssl

Example

P1282# ssl

Generating a 1024 bit RSA private key

......++++++

......++++++

writing new private key to '/mnt/ssh/ssl_key.pem_tmp'

......

You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated into your certificate request.

What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a D

There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank

For some fields there will be a default value,

If you enter '', the field will be left blank.

......

Country Name (2 letter code) [AU]:tw

State or Province Name (full name) [Some-State]:hs

Locality Name (eg, city) []:hschu

Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]: draytek

Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:marketing

Common Name (e.g. server FQDN or YOUR name) []:draytek

Email Address []:carrie_ni@draytek.com

P1282#

A-2-16 Terminal Configuration

Use this command to set the maximum line number that the terminal is able to print.

Syntax Items

terminal

Description

Syntax Items Description
terminal<0-24> - Enter the length value. 0 means no limit.Related Syntax:# terminal length <0-24>

Example

P1282# terminal length 15

P1282# show running-config

......

A-2-17 Traceroute Configuration

Use this command to execute network trace route diagnostic.

Syntax Items

traceroute

Description

Syntax Items Description
traceroute- Enter the IP address or the hostname of the device for VigorSwitch to perform traceroute diagnostic.Related Syntax:# traceroute

Example

P1282# traceroute 192.168.1.224traceroute to 192.168.1.224 (192.168.1.224), 30 hops max, 40 byte packets1 192.168.1.224 (192.168.1.224) 0 ms 0 ms 0 msP1282#
Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : Draytek

Model : VigorSwitch P1281x

Category : Network switch